FCC ID: UCE209020A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth and RFID

 

940P User Guide Introduction Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 940P.

For proper handset use, read First Step Guide and User Guide (this guide).

Accessible services may vary by service area, subscription, etc. TBD SoftBank 940P is compatible with both 3G and GSM network technologies. Note

Unauthorized copying of any part of this guide is prohibited.

Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.

Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34) about unclear or missing information. Function/Service Name Search Index Contents Objective Search Objective Search Index h c r a e S t n e t n o C Function Search Overview Contents Using Your Handset Function List Display Guide Organization Contents Section Contents P.19-27 P.vi P.ii P.19-27 P.iv P.vi P.19-2 P.1-10 P.vi Chapter Top Pages Solving Problems Troubleshooting Warranty & Service P.19-10 P.19-33 Getting Started Call Text Entry Phone Book Digital TV Camera Mobile Widget News/Entertainment Music Player Managing Files Connectivity Handset Security Tools Messaging Internet S! Appli S! GPS Navi Settings Appendix 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 i Conrming & Using My Number &

My Mail Address My Phone Number Conrm your phone number on 940P in Standby without navigating menus. My Mail Address Customized address may reduce spam. My Number:

P.1-30 Customizing Handset Address:

P.13-3 h c r a e S e v i t c e j b O Customizing 940P Settings Mastering Basics Setting Ringtones Set Chaku-Uta Full les as ringtones. Downloading Tunes & Tones Download music (Chaku-Uta Full) les from mobile websites. Ringtones:

P.18-2 Downloading Music:

P.8-3 Learning Your Handset Learn key assignments, and navigate menus to select & execute functions. Making Mobile Calls Use voice telephony or enjoy video telephony with compatible mobiles. Handset Menus:

Parts & Functions:

P.1-18 P.1-4 Voice Calls:

Video Calls:

P.2-2 P.2-6 Fun Stuff ii Watching One Seg Digital TV Enjoy One Seg digital TV. Set channels in advance to view/record shows. DIGITAL T V Music Player Download music les from websites via Music Player directly. Digital TV:

P.5-1 Music Player:

P.8-1 Sending Your Contact Info Save mail address and other details;

send to compatible devices wirelessly. Account Details:

P.4-13 Messaging Multiple Recipients Enter multiple mail addresses/numbers to send a message to all at one time. Sending Messages:

Add/Edit/Delete Address:

P.13-4 P.13-8 Sending Files Wirelessly Send les or your own mail address saved in Account Details via Infrared/IC transmission to other compatible devices. Infrared/IC Transmission:

P.4-13 Customizing Standby Display Add wallpaper, set clock size/position or set calendar to appear in Standby. Customizing Menu Save frequently used functions in Private Menu. Using Shortcuts to Functions Access shortcuts to frequently used functions in Standby. Wallpaper:

Display:

P.9-7 P.18-3, P.18-5 Private Menu:

P.1-xx Shortcuts:

P.1-22 Mastering Text Entry Methods Enter text for Messaging functions or to add/edit Phone Book entry items. Using Messaging Services Send short or long text messages. Attach image/sound les, etc. to S! Mail. Text Entry:

P.3-1 Messaging:

Graphic Mail:

P.13-1 P.13-5 Camera & Video Camera Capture still images or record videos. Use Camera even when handset is closed. Playing Games Download and install S! Appli Games via Yahoo! Keitai. Accessing the Mobile Internet Access Mobile Internet sites via Yahoo!

Keitai to browse sites or download les. Yahoo! Keitai:

P.14-2 Getting News (Japanese) Set up S! Quick News to view a variety of information contents. Camera:

P.6-1 S! Appli:

P.15-1 S! Quick News:

P.7-4 iii 940P Features Speed Selector Rotate Speed Selector to select items, move cursor or scroll pages. Camera-Touch/Album-Touch Capture, view or select still images by touch controls. Use a variety of effects to view captured images. P.vii P.6-13, P.6-15 SoftBank Mobile Features Yahoo! Keitai Access Mobile Internet sites via Yahoo!

Keitai to browse sites or download les. Graphic Mail Create HTML messages; select font color/size, background; insert images. Useful Features PC-related Functions P.14-2 P.13-5 Phone Book/

S! Addressbook Back-up Save Phone Book entries; back up handset entries on Server, etc. P.4-1, P.4-10 PC Site Browser View PC-based websites on 940P. Camera/Video Capture still images or record videos with approx. 8.1 mega pixel camera. Set Image stabilizer/Face detection for high-quality pictures and videos. P.6-6, P.6-8 Data Back-up/Management Transfer data between handset and PC for back-up and editing. P.14-5 P.10-11 w e i v r e v O iv Digital TV Simple Menu Enjoy One Seg digital TV programs and video in wide horizontal screen. Use simplied menus limiting to only basic functions. Download Dictionary Download specialized dictionaries. Dictionary words appear in character conversion suggestions. P.5-1 P.1-26 P.3-10 S! GPS Navi Check your position on map, and navigate to a destination. P.17-1 S! Information Channel/Weather (Japanese) Subscribe to content and periodically receive update information. Set Weather Indicator to check weather forecast in Standby. P.7-6 Mobile Widget (Japanese) Download and paste widgets to Standby for quick access to information and various tools. P.7-2 Calendar & Alarm Add events by time/date and set Event Alarms to help manage your schedule. Music Player Play 940P/microSD Card music les. Voice Recorder Record your voice to set as ringtone, etc. P.12-2, P.12-6 P.8-1 P.12-10 microSD Mode Bluetooth Access data on microSD Card from a PC by connecting handset to PC via USB cable (not included). Connect wirelessly to a Bluetooth-

compatible speaker to enjoy TV in dynamic sound. Osaifu-Keitai Use handset as an electronic cash card, reward card or membership card. P.9-21 P.10-6 P.16-1 v Contents Contents ..............................................vi Package Contents ..............................viii Using This Guide ................................viii Safety Precautions ..............................xii Handling Precautions ...................... xviii Copyrights and Others....................... xxi Specic Absorption Rate (SAR) ........ xxv 1. Getting Started USIM Card ......................................... 1-2 Parts & Functions .............................. 1-4 About Battery ................................. 1-12 Handset Power On/Off .................... 1-16 Manner Mode ................................. 1-17 Handset Menus ............................... 1-18 Standby Options & Event Indicators ... 1-21 Customizing User Interface ............ 1-24 Private Menu .................................. 1-25 Simple Menu ................................... 1-26 Passwords ....................................... 1-28 Multi Task ....................................... 1-29 View Blind ...................................... 1-30 My Number ..................................... 1-30 2. Call Making/Answering Voice Calls ......... 2-2 Making/Answering Video Calls ......... 2-6 International Calls ............................ 2-9 Engaged Call Functions .................. 2-12 Call Log ........................................... 2-13 Answer Phone................................. 2-15 Optional Services ........................... 2-17 3. Text Entry Text Entry .......................................... 3-2 Entering Text ..................................... 3-3 Conversion Methods (Japanese) ....... 3-6 Editing Text ....................................... 3-9 User's Dictionary ............................ 3-10 Download Dictionary ...................... 3-10 4. Phone Book Overview .......................................... 4-2 Saving to Phone Book ...................... 4-3 Searching/Using Phone Book ............ 4-6 Managing Phone Book ..................... 4-9 S! Addressbook Back-up................. 4-10 Account Details .............................. 4-13 Voice Dial ........................................ 4-14 5. Digital TV Basics ................................................ 5-2 Initial Setup ...................................... 5-4 Watching TV ...................................... 5-5 TV Links (Japanese) ........................ 5-11 Recording/Playing Programs .......... 5-12 6. Camera Before Using Camera ........................ 6-2 Pictures/Videos ................................. 6-6 Focus Functions (Outside Camera) ... 6-13 Viewing Saved Images ................... 6-14 7. Entertainment Mobile Widget (Japanese) ................ 7-2 S! Quick News (Japanese) ................ 7-4 S! Information Channel/Weather

(Japanese) ......................................... 7-6 E-Books (Japanese) ........................... 7-8 8. Music Player Overview .......................................... 8-2 Saving Music .................................... 8-2 Using Music Player ........................... 8-5 9. Managing Files Data Folder ....................................... 9-2 Opening Files .................................... 9-4 Using/Editing Still Images .............. 9-12 Managing Folders/Files .................. 9-14 microSD Card .................................. 9-16 10. Connectivity Infrared ........................................... 10-2 IC Transmission ............................... 10-4 Bluetooth ...................................... 10-6 SoftBank Utility Software

(Japanese) ..................................... 10-11 USB (Japanese) ............................. 10-11 AV Output ..................................... 10-13 vi 11. Handset Security Changing Phone Password ............. 11-2 Security Functions .......................... 11-2 Restricting Calls/Messages ............. 11-8 Reset ............................................. 11-12 12. Tools Calendar ......................................... 12-2 Tasks ............................................... 12-5 Alarms ............................................ 12-6 Calculator ....................................... 12-8 Notepad .......................................... 12-8 Dictionary (Japanese) ..................... 12-9 Sound Recorders ........................... 12-10 Bar Code Reader ........................... 12-11 13. Messaging Basics .............................................. 13-2 Sending S! Mail & SMS ................... 13-4 Receiving & Viewing Messages .... 13-10 Organizing/Using Messages ......... 13-15 14. Internet Getting Started .............................. 14-2 Using Yahoo! Keitai ........................ 14-3 Using PC Site Browser .................... 14-5 Basic Operations ............................. 14-6 Using Information .......................... 14-8 Option Menu Items ....................... 14-13 15. S! Appli Before Using S! Appli ..................... 15-2 Using S! Appli ................................. 15-3 16. Osaifu-Keitai Basics .............................................. 16-2 Using Osaifu-Keitai ....................... 16-4 IC Card Lock Functions ................... 16-5 17. S! GPS Navi About S! GPS Navi .......................... 17-2 Using S! GPS Navi........................... 17-2 18. Settings Sound & Vibration .......................... 18-2 Display ............................................ 18-3 Manner Mode ................................. 18-7 Incoming Settings........................... 18-7 Date & Time .................................... 18-8 Call Settings ................................... 18-9 Notication Light ......................... 18-10 Text Entry ...................................... 18-10 Phone Book .................................. 18-11 Voice Dial ...................................... 18-11 Video Call ..................................... 18-12 Horizontal Open Position ............. 18-13 Digital TV ...................................... 18-14 Mobile Widget (Japanese) ............ 18-15 S! Quick News (Japanese) ............ 18-16 Bluetooth .................................... 18-17 Messaging .................................... 18-18 Internet ......................................... 18-19 S! Appli ......................................... 18-21 Osaifu-Keitai ............................... 18-21 S! GPS Navi Settings .................... 18-22 Default Settings ........................... 18-23 Conrming Settings ...................... 18-24 19. Appendix Function List ................................... 19-2 Troubleshooting ............................ 19-10 Software Update .......................... 19-12 Quick Open Menu ......................... 19-14 Key Assignments

(5-touch Mode) ............................ 19-15

(2-touch Mode) ............................ 19-16

(NIKO-touch Mode) ...................... 19-17 Symbol List ................................... 19-18 Character Code List ...................... 19-19 Weather Indicator List .................. 19-24 Memory List .................................. 19-25 Specications ............................... 19-26 Index ............................................. 19-27 Warranty & Service ....................... 19-33 Customer Service.......................... 19-34 vii Package Contents

Handset (940P)

Battery (PMBAS1)

Quick Start

Starter Guide Note

Use SoftBank specified AC Charger (sold separately) to charge battery. For more information about AC Charger and accessories, please contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

Optional battery is available for separate purchase. 940P accepts microSD Card (not included). Purchase microSD Card to use related functions (

P.19-34). P.9-16).

viii

Using This Guide Screenshots Before reading this guide, make a note of the following:

In this guide, SoftBank 940P User Guide, SoftBank 940P is abbreviated as 940P.

"microSD Card" and "microSDHC Card" are referred to as "microSD Card" in this guide. Handset operations and screenshots are based on defaults for handset color Black (

Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only. Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance. Key icons use simplified labels. Most operation descriptions begin in Standby. Pressing a key for more than one second is described as "Press and hold."

Guide Symbols Press the corresponding key to execute the function or operation indicated at the bottom of Display. Example

P.18-23).

Speed Selector Operations () Operations Softkey Label*

Press to select an item Press

* Softkey labels vary by menu. Speed Selector () Use Speed Selector to select items, navigate menus, etc. In this guide, Speed Selector operations are indicated as shown below. Up Left Right Down Center Up Down Left Right Up/Down Up/Down/

Left/Right Left/Right Center Softkeys () In this guide, Softkey operations are indicated as shown below. Example :

[Finish], and [Menu] are Softkey label examples;

[Menu]

[Finish]

Softkey labels vary by menu. Operating Speed Selector Available Operations Depending on window, select items and move cursor by rotating Speed Selector in same way as pressing

etc. Adjust volume in volume control windows Adjust Camera zoom Toggle still images or TBD Select items Move cursor Scroll pages

. TBD TBD Example 1: Selecting Items Example: Moving Cursor Operation From Standby Show Key Guidance by rotating Speed Selector in Standby. Change functions by changing direction of selector rotation (Rotation Setting:

P.18-6). Note

Rotating operation may be not available in some functions. Rotating operation is not available when Display is turned off. Tip Settings Change/Deactivate Sound when Rotating Speed Selector Deactivate Speed Selector (

P.18-6) ix Example 2:

Check Box Selection

Settings 1 2 Universal Settings Mail Security 3 Enter Phone Password Select items

[Finish]

Check Box Selection Use to highlight an item; then press

. Check Box turns into Repeat operation to select more than one item. To cancel selection, use to select an item marked with

; then

. press Check mark disappears once deselected. Japanese Functions & Services When "(Japanese)" appears in a title, Japanese ability is required to use full range of the function or service. Operation Descriptions

Following are examples of operation descriptions. Please note, actual operations may differ. Basic Operations Operations are expressed as shown here. Example 1:

Menu Selection

Steps Main Menu Phone Group

appears for USIM Card Group. 1 Highlight a group, and press Select an item Set item

Menu Selection Press Use Use

Steps Use Use Set respective items. in Standby to open Main Menu. to highlight Phone; then press to highlight Group; then press to highlight a group; then press to highlight an item; then press

[Edit]

[Select].

[Select].

[Edit].

[Select]. x Advanced Operations For advanced features and settings, go to pages indicated under Tip. Example:

Abbreviated Descriptions For advanced settings (Chapter 18), initial operations may be abbreviated or omitted. Example:

Tip Operations Available during a Voice Call (

P.2-14) Making Calls from Call Log (

Saving Entered Numbers to Phone Book (

Settings Set Handset Response when Closed during Call (

P.2-12) P.4-5) P.18-9)

Abbreviated Steps Initial steps are abbreviated. From Main Menu Tools Calendar Functions Available in Calendar Window Highlight a date

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Settings Refer to Chapter 18 "Settings."

Operation/Description P.12-2, P.12-3) Create a new entry (

Toggle Monthly/Weekly view Item New Weekly display/

1 Month

Steps Follow these steps after Abbreviated Steps. Use Other Graphic Mail Settings In S! Mail text entry window,

Select an arrange item

Omitted Steps Initial steps are omitted. Start operations from specified window. xi Safety Precautions Before use, read these safety precautions carefully and use your handset properly. Keep this guide in a safe place for future reference. These safety precautions contain information intended to prevent bodily injury to the user and to surrounding people, as well as damage to property, and must be observed at all times. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product. These symbols indicate level of harm from failure to observe cautions or improper usage. Make sure to understand these symbols and precautions before reading this guide. Danger Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use Warning Risk of death or serious injury from improper use Caution Risk of injury or damage to property from improper use Symbol Explanations Make sure to understand these symbols and precautions before reading this guide. Prohibited Action Avoid Moisture Disassembly Prohibited Compulsory Action Always Dry Hands First Disconnect Power Source xii Handset, Battery, USIM Card, Charger (sold separately) & microSD Card (not included) Danger Do not use or leave handset, battery or charger in locations subject to high temperature, such as near an open flame/heater, in sunlight or inside a car on an extremely hot day. Battery may leak, overheat, explode, catch fire, or deform handset and cause damage. Part of the casing may also become hot and cause burns. Do not use excessive force to attach battery or connect charger to handset. Battery or connector may be the wrong way around. Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire. Do not disassemble, modify or solder handset. May cause accidents such as fire, bodily injury, electric shock or equipment malfunction. Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire. Modifying handset is a violation of Radio Law and subject to prosecution. Do not get handset, battery and charger wet. If handset, battery or charger is left wet or battery is charged after exposure to liquids such as water or pet urine, overheating, electric shock, fire, injury or malfunction may occur. Be mindful of location when using handset, battery and charger. Handle with care. Use specified battery, charger (sold separately) and Desktop Holder (not included). Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire, and charger may overheat, catch fire or cause malfunction. Warning Caution Do not place handset, battery or charger inside cooking appliances, such as microwave ovens or high-pressure containers, or on IH cooking heaters. Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire, and handset and charger may overheat, emit smoke, catch fire or cause malfunction. Do not drop, throw or otherwise subject to strong force or impacts. Battery may leak, overheat, explode, catch fire, or cause electric shock or damage to handset. Do not allow liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) or conductive objects (pencil leads, metal pieces, necklaces, hair pins, etc.) to contact charger terminals, external port terminals or microSD Card slot. May cause fire or malfunction triggered by short-circuit. Keep handset off and charger disconnected near propane gas, in filling stations or places where flammable gas is generated. Handset use in such areas may lead to fire. Be sure to turn off handset before using Osaifu-Keitai in filling stations. (When IC Card Lock is set, turn off handset after unlocking setting.) If handset, battery or charger emits an unusual sound, smoke or odor, perform following steps:

1. Unplug charger from outlet. 2. Turn off handset. 3. Remove battery. (Take care to avoid burns or injuries.) May cause fire or electric shock. Do not place handset, battery or charger on an unstable surface. May fall, causing injury or malfunction. Take extra precautions while vibration alert is active or during charging. Keep handset out of the reach of young children. May result in accidental ingestion or bodily injury. If for use by child, guardian should teach proper handling and ensure handset is used as directed. May result in bodily injury. Battery Danger See battery label to confirm battery type. Label Li-ion 00 Battery Type Lithium-ion Do not throw battery into fire. Battery may leak, explode or catch fire. Do not pierce battery with a nail or other sharp object, hit it with a hammer, step on it, or subject it to strong shocks. Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire. Do not touch terminals with metallic objects or carry/store battery with conductive objects (pencil leads, metal pieces, necklaces, hair pins, etc.). Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire. xiii If battery fluid gets into eyes, do not rub; flush with clean water and see a doctor immediately. Failure to do so may cause blindness. Handset Warning Warning If battery fluid comes into contact with your skin or clothing, stop using handset immediately and rinse it off with clean water. Battery fluid is harmful to your skin. If battery does not charge after specified time, stop charging. Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire. If battery emits an unusual odor, overheats, discolors or deforms, immediately remove battery and move it away as far as possible from any flame or fire. Take care to avoid burns or injuries. Battery may leak, overheat, explode or catch fire. Caution Do not dispose of battery with ordinary refuse. Place tape over the terminals to insulate battery, and take it to a SoftBank retailer or institution that handles used batteries in your area. Comply with local waste disposal regulations for recycling. Do not use handset while driving a vehicle. Doing so may interfere with safe driving and cause an accident. Stop your vehicle to park in a safe place before using handset. Drivers using handsets while driving are subject to prosecution. Do not aim the infrared port at eyes when using infrared communication. Doing so may affect eyes. Do not point flash/photo light directly at someone's eyes. Do not look directly at flash/photo light while light is on. May damage eyesight or cause accidents due to momentary sight loss or surprise. Do not take pictures of infants at close range. Turn off handset near high-precision electronic devices or devices using weak electronic signals. Handset may cause these devices to malfunction.

*Electronic devices that may be affected: Hearing aids, implantable cardiac pacemakers, implantable cardioverter defibrillators, other medical electronic devices, fire alarms, automatic doors and other automatically controlled devices. Turn off handset aboard aircraft. Handset signal may interfere with aircraft operation. When in-flight handset use is permitted, follow airline instructions for proper use. If you have a weak heart, take extra precautions when setting functions such as Vibration or Ringer Volume for incoming transmissions. May affect heart. xiv In a thunderstorm, immediately turn off handset and seek shelter. There is a risk of being struck by lightning and suffering electric shock. Caution If handset affects car electronics, stop use. Handset use may affect electronics in some models. In this case, stop use; could impede safe driving. Do not place a magnetic card near or in handset. The stored magnetic data in cash cards, credit cards, telephone cards and floppy disks, etc. may be erased. Do not swing handset by its strap, etc. Handset may strike you or others, or strap may be broken resulting in injury or damage to handset or other property. Do not place your ear too close to the speaker while ringer sounds or sound files play. May impair hearing. Handset may become hot while used in a hot environment. Avoid prolonged skin contact that may result in burns. Make sure not to trap fingers or objects when opening/

closing handset. May result in injury or damage to display. Watch TV with adequate lighting and distance from Display. May damage eyesight. Do not turn up the volume unnecessarily high when using earphones. Using earphones with volume turned up for an extended period may impair hearing or injure ears. If skin abnormality occurs, immediately stop use and seek medical treatment. Handset contains metals. Handset use may cause itching, rashes, eczema or other symptoms depending on the user's physical condition. Parts Display side Outer case Keypad side, Battery side, Battery cover Side Keys, MULTI Key Display panel Outside Camera lens Outside Camera panel Keypad Shutter Key Speed Selector Materials/Surface Finish PC resin/Evaporated tin, Acrylic UV cured coating ABS resin/

Acrylic UV cured coating ABS resin/

Acrylic UV cured coating Tempered glass, PET resin/

Hard coating Acrylic resin/

Hard coating PC resin PC resin/

Acrylic UV cured coating PC resin/Evaporated aluminum, Acrylic UV cured coating PC resin/Evaporated aluminium, Acrylic UV cured coating xv Parts Materials/Surface Finish Middle part Lower part Base: Hinge (Upper part) Base: Hinge (Lower part) Brass/Tin-cobalt plating Base: Cap PC resin, Elastomer resin/

Acrylic UV cured coating Stainless steel/

Fluorinated coating ABS resin/

Acrylic UV cured coating Phosphor bronze/

Gold plating on nickel plating PET resin ABS resin/

Acrylic UV cured coating Stainless steel NiTi alloy Stainless steel PET resin PC resin Aluminium killed steel/

Nickel plating PC resin PPS resin Beryllium copper/

Gold plating on nickel plating PC resin (label: PET resin) Glass fiber reinforced epoxy board/

Gold plating on nickel plating Charger (sold separately) Warning Do not cover or wrap charger during charging. May cause overheating, fire or malfunction. Always use the specified power supply/voltage. Using incorrect voltage may cause fire or malfunction. AC Charger: AC100V-240V (household AC outlet only) In-Car Charger: DC12V, 24V (vehicles with a negative earth only) Use In-Car Charger in vehicles with a negative (-) earth. Do not use In-Car Charger if vehicle has a positive (+) earth. May cause fire. Do not use charger in thunderstorms. There is a risk of suffering electric shock. Do not handle charger with wet hands. May cause electric shock or malfunction. If In-Car Charger fuse blows, always replace it with specified fuse. Using the incorrect fuse may cause fire or malfunction. Refer to the respective manuals for information on the correct fuse specifications. If dust accumulates on plug, unplug charger and wipe with a dry cloth. May cause fire. External Port cover Slide rail Display rear side Charging Terminals Rear side screw covers Upper part TV Antenna Flash/Photo Light lens Screws (Battery compartment) Battery compartment Battery terminals Battery Resin part Metal part Battery Terminals xvi When plugging charger into outlet, keep conductive materials (pencil leads, metal parts, necklaces, hair pins, etc.) away from Desktop Holder terminals or charger plug/terminals and plug charger firmly into outlet. May cause electric shock, short-circuit or fire. Unplug AC Charger during periods of disuse. May cause electric shock, fire or malfunction. If liquid such as water or pet urine get into charger, unplug it immediately. May cause electric shock, smoke emission or fire. Caution Pull charger (not cord) to unplug charger. Pulling on the cord may damage the cord and cause electric shock or fire. Always unplug charger before cleaning it. May result in electric shock. Near Electronic Medical Equipment Warning This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of Radio Communications Equipment such as Cellular Telephones and Safeguards for Electronic Medical Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference, April 1997) and "Report of Investigation of the Effects of Radio Waves on Medical Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio Industries and Businesses, March 2001). If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator, keep handset more than 22 cm away from the implant at all times. Handset radio waves may affect implantable cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator operations. Persons using electronic medical equipment outside medical facilities should consult the vendor about possible radio wave effects. Handset radio waves may affect electronic medical equipment operations. Observe the following in medical facilities. Handset radio waves may affect electronic medical equipment.

Do not take handset into operating rooms, Intensive Care Units or Coronary Care Units. Turn off handset inside hospital wards. Turn off handset even outside hospital wards (in hospital lobbies, etc.); electronic medical equipment may be in use nearby. Where a medical facility has specic instructions prohibiting the carrying and use of mobile phones, observe those instructions strictly.

Turn off handset in crowded places such as rush hour trains; implantable cardiac pacemakers or cardioverter defibrillators may be in use nearby. Handset radio waves may affect implantable cardiac pacemaker or cardioverter defibrillator operations. xvii Handling Precautions Electromagnetic Waves

For body worn operation, this mobile phone has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory containing no metal and positioning the handset a minimum 15 mm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines. FCC Notice

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

General Notes

SoftBank is not liable for damages from accidental loss/alteration/repair of handset/microSD Card information

(Phone Book entries, image/sound files, etc.). Back-up important information. Handset transmissions may be disrupted inside buildings, tunnels or underground, or when moving into/out of such places. Use handset without disturbing others. Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be submitted for inspection upon request. Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may cause interference. Read microSD Card manual beforehand for proper use. Beware of eavesdropping. Digital signals reduce interception, however transmissions may be overheard. Deliberate/accidental interception of communications constitutes eavesdropping.

"eavesdropping" means radio communication is received by another receiver deliberately or accidentally. Be cautious of unsafe websites. Take extra precautions especially when posting personal information on websites.

xviii FCC RF Exposure Information Your handset is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organization through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model handset as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.331 W/kg, and when worn on the body in a holder or carry case, is 0.345 W/kg. Body-worn Operation; This device was tested for typical body-worn operations with the back of the handset kept 1.5 cm from the body. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 1.5 cm separation distance between the user's body and the back of the handset. The use of beltclips, holsters and similar accessories should not contain metallic components in its assembly. The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may not comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, and should be avoided. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model handset with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this model handset is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ after searching on FCC ID UCE209020A. Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) website at http://www.phonefacts.net. European RF Exposure Information Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health. The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg and the highest SAR value for this device when tested at the ear was 0.401 W/kg*. As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as described in this user guide**. In this case, the highest tested SAR value is 0.718 W/kg. As SAR is measured utilizing the devices highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum level required to reach the network. The World Health Organization has stated that present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length of calls or using a hands-free device to keep the mobile phone away from the head and body.

*The tests are carried out in accordance with international guidelines for testing.

** Please see Electromagnetic Waves on page xviii for important notes regarding body worn operation. xix

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color. Soiled terminals may cause poor connection. If the terminals are dirty, use a dry cloth or cotton swab to wipe them clean. Clean handset with dry, soft cloth. Using alcohol, thinner, etc. may damage it. Avoid forceful rubbing or scratching handset display. Do not put stickers on back of handset display. Stickers get caught between handset parts and cause malfunction or damage to handset. Do not subject handset to excessive force.

Do not remove nameplate from handset; doing so invalidates warranty. Always turn off handset before removing battery. If battery is removed while saving or sending mail, data may be altered or lost. LCD is manufactured with high precision technology, however, some pixels may appear darker/brighter. Connect only specified products to External Port. While walking, moderate earphone volume to make sounds around you audible and help avoid accidents. When holding handset in use, do not cover Speaker. Do not sit down with handset in a back pocket. Do not place heavy objects on a bag with handset inside. Declaration of Conformity We, Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd., declare that SoftBank 940P conforms with the essential and other relevant requirements of the directive 1999/5/EC. A declaration of conformity to this effect can be found at http://panasonic.net/pmc/support/index.html

This product is only intended for sale in Japan. Compliance to the European RTTE directive applies to: SoftBank 940P handset, Battery (PMBAS1) and AC Charger (SoftBank ZTDAA1). Handset Care

Do not expose handset to precipitation. Air conditioned air may cause condensation, resulting in corrosion. Do not put handset in damp places like bathrooms. On the beach, keep handset away from sun and surf. Perspiration in handset may cause malfunction. 940P is not waterproof. Avoid exposure to liquids and high humidity.

f handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one, data may be altered/lost. SoftBank is not liable for any resulting damages. Use handset within temperatures of 5C to 35C and humidity 35% to 85%. Avoid extreme temperatures/direct sunlight. Handset may become warm during use or charging. This is not malfunction. Battery may swell as service life nears end; this is not a problem. xx Function Usage Limits These functions are disabled after handset replacement/upgrade or service cancellation: Camera; Digital TV; Music Player;

S! Appli; Lifestyle-Appli. After a period of disuse, these functions may become unusable. Mobile Camera

Be sure to observe proper etiquette when using the camera. Do not expose the camera lens to direct sunlight. Concentrated sunlight through the lens may cause the handset to malfunction. Be sure to try taking and previewing pictures before using the camera on important occasions like wedding ceremonies. Do not commercially use or transfer pictures taken with the camera without the permission of the copyright holder

(photographer), except for personal use. Do not use the camera in locations where taking photos and recording videos are prohibited. Copyrights and Others Right of Portrait Portrait right is the right of an individual to refuse to be photographed by others and protects from the unauthorized publication or use of an individual's photograph by others. Right of personality is a portrait right applicable to all citizens and right of publicity is a portrait right

(property right) designed to protect celebrities' interests. Be careful when taking pictures with the handset camera. Photographing, publicizing and distributing photographs of citizens and celebrities without permission are illegal. Copyrights Sounds, images, computer programs, databases, other copyrighted materials, their respective works and copyright holders are protected by copyright laws. Duplicated materials are limited to private use only. If duplications (including conversion of data types), modifications, transfer of duplicates or distribution on networks are made without permission of copyright holders, this constitutes "Literary Piracy" and "Infringement of Copyright Holder Rights" and a criminal action for reparations and criminal punishment may be filed. If duplicates are made using handset, please observe the copyright laws. Materials captured with handset camera are also subject to the above. xxi Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. Aplix, microJBlend and JBlend, and all Aplix-or JBlend-related trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in the U.S., Japan and other countries. BookSurfing is a registered trademark of CELSYS Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY Inc. QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED. microSDHC Logo is a trademark. Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc. TBD This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 patent portfolio license, AVC patent portfolio license and VC-1 patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to

(i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard, AVC Standard and VC-1 Standard ("MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video") and/or

(ii) decode MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider licensed to provide MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 video. No license is granted or implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See http://www.mpegla.com. MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation and third parties. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this products is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third parties. Windows Media, Microsoft, Windows and Windows Vista are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. The abbreviations used for respective operating systems

(Japanese version) in this guide are as shown below:

Windows Vista is the abbreviation of Windows Vista (Home Basic, Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate). Windows XP is the abbreviation of Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system or Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition operating system. Microsoft Windows operating system is abbreviated as

"Windows" in this guide. xxii This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary. Content providers are using the digital rights management technology for Windows Media contained in this device

("WM-DRM") to protect the integrity of their content

("Secure Content") so that their intellectual property, including copyright, in such content is not misappropriated. This device uses WM-DRM Software to play Secure Content ("WM-DRM Software"). If the security of the WM-DRM Software in this device has been compromised, owners of Secure Content

("Secure Content Owners") may request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM Software's right to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM Software's ability to play unprotected content. A list of Revoked WM-DRM Software is sent to your device whenever you download a license for Secure Content from the Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may, in conjunction with such license, also download revocation lists onto your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners. This product contains software licensed complying with GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), etc. For more details, see the bundled "GPL/LGPL

" leaflet. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. This product is loaded with Bluetooth Stack for Embedded Systems Spec 2.0 by Toshiba Corp. Powered by MascotCapsule MascotCapsule is a registered trademark of HI CORPORATION 2009 HI CORPORATION. All Rights Reserved. The image stabilization technology utilized is PhotoSolid, a product of Morpho, Inc. PhotoSolid is the registered trademark of Morpho, Inc. in Japan and other countries. FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation. FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation. is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.

"Osaifu-Keitai" is a registered trademark of NTT DoCoMo, Inc. in Japan. This product contains NetFront Mobile Client Suite of ACCESS CO., LTD. ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in the United States, Japan and other countries. 2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved. This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. IrFront is a trademark or registered trademark of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries. The IrDA Feature Trademark is owned by the Infrared Data Association and used under license therefrom. xxiii This product contains Adobe Flash Lite Player under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated. Copyright 1996-2008 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC. All rights reserved. Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

"SOFTBANK," SOFTBANK's equivalent in Japanese, and the SOFTBANK logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and in other countries. S! Mail, Navi Appli, S! Appli, MOBILE WIDGET, Graphic Mail are trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Yahoo! and the "Yahoo!" or "Y!" logos are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc. in the US. This product is manufactured or sold under license from InterDigital Technology Corporation. xxiv The frequency band used for the Bluetooth function of 940P is shared with other industrial, scientific or medical equipment

(microwave ovens, etc.), and used at premises radio stations, amateur radio station, etc. (hereinafter "other radio stations"). 1 Before using the Bluetooth function, visually check that there are no other radio stations sharing the same frequency band nearby. 2 Should interference occur between 940P and other radio stations, move to another place or stop the Bluetooth function

(stop the transmission) immediately. 3 For additional information and support, contact us at the following number. SoftBank Mobile Customer Center;

From a SoftBank handset, call toll free at 157 for General Information. From landlines, see P.19-34 "Customer Service". This radio equipment operates in the 2.4 GHz band using the FH-SS modulation, and its maximum communication distance is 10m. Other company and product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. The software contained in 940P is copyrighted material;

copyright, moral right and other related rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer the software, and do not separate it from hardware in whole or part.

"One-push Open" is a trademark of Panasonic Corporation.

"Speed selector" is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.

* Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law (Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment, Article 14-2). Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) 940P meets the government's requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific basis to assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones and other handheld wireless devices do not affect human health. They require that the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), which is the unit of measurement for the amount of radiofrequency absorbed by the head, shall not exceed 2 W/kg*. This limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or health, and meets the international standard set by International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) in cooperation with World Health Organization (WHO). All mobile phones, prior to product launch, must be certified as compliant with government requirements as stipulated by the Radio Law. 940P has been granted Technical Regulations Conformity Certification by TELECOM ENGINEERING CENTER. Its highest SAR value is 0.419 W/kg. This value was obtained by TELECOM ENGINEERING CENTER as part of the certification process. SAR tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its highest certified power level in accordance with testing methods set by the government. While there may be differences between the SAR levels for various handsets, they all meet the governmental requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR level of the handset while operating can be well below the highest value. This is because the handset is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the Network. Additional information on SAR can be obtained on the following Websites:

Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB) http://www.arib-emf.org/ (Japanese only) xxv xxvi Getting Started 1 USIM Card ............................................................. 1-2 About USIM Card .......................................................................1-2 USIM Card Installation ................................................................1-3 USIM PINs ..................................................................................1-3 Parts & Functions .................................................. 1-4 Handset .....................................................................................1-4 Opening/Closing Handset ...........................................................1-6 Key Operations in Standby ..........................................................1-6 Display .......................................................................................1-8 About Battery ..................................................... 1-11 Before Charging .......................................................................1-11 Battery Installation ...................................................................1-13 Charging Battery ......................................................................1-14 Handset Power On/Off ........................................ 1-15 Manner Mode ..................................................... 1-16 Minding Mobile Manners ..........................................................1-16 Manner-related Features ...........................................................1-16 Activating Manner Mode ..........................................................1-17 Activating Emission OFF Mode ..................................................1-17 Activating Driving Mode ...........................................................1-17 Handset Menus ................................................... 1-18 Main Menu ..............................................................................1-18 Menu Numbers ........................................................................1-19 Accessing Functions/Info from Standby .....................................1-20 Touch Panel ..............................................................................1-21 Standby Options & Event Indicators .................. 1-22 Event Indicators ........................................................................1-22 Mobile Widget (Japanese) .........................................................1-22 S! Quick News (Japanese) .........................................................1-22 Shortcuts ..................................................................................1-23 Customizing User Interface ................................ 1-23 Customized Screen/Familiar Usability ........................................1-23 Changing Display Font ..............................................................1-24 Private Menu ...................................................... 1-25 Opening Private Menu ..............................................................1-25 Customizing Private Menu .......................................................1-25 Adding Shortcuts ......................................................................1-25 Simple Menu ....................................................... 1-26 Activating Simple Menu ............................................................1-26 Simple Menu ............................................................................1-27 Passwords ........................................................... 1-28 Phone Password .......................................................................1-28 Center Access Code ..................................................................1-28 Security Code ...........................................................................1-28 Multi Task ........................................................... 1-29 Activating Another Function ......................................................1-29 Ending Current Functions ..........................................................1-29 View Blind .......................................................... 1-30 My Number ......................................................... 1-30 1-1 Important

P.19-34). USIM Card is the property of SoftBank. Return USIM Card to SoftBank upon service cancellation. USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged. If USIM Card/handset with USIM Card inserted is lost or stolen, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center or Global Call Center

Back up USIM Card files. SoftBank is not liable for lost files.

USIM Card specifications/performance may change without prior notice. Pre-installed S! Appli may be unusable while a different or replacement USIM Card is inserted into handset. Returned USIM Cards are recycled.

Note

Some downloaded files may be inaccessible after upgrades/repairs, USIM Card/handset replacement. USIM Card About USIM Card Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card is an IC card containing customer and authentication information, including handset number, and limited Phone Book entry and SMS message storage. USIM must be inserted to use 940P or Network services (calling, messaging, Internet, etc.). Turn handset off before inserting/removing USIM Card. USIM Card IC

Insert USIM Card into other compatible SoftBank handset to use information saved on USIM Card. Use SoftBank specified USIM Card only; non-specified USIM Cards may not function properly. Do not insert USIM Card into other IC card devices. SoftBank is not liable for any resulting damages. Keep IC portion clean. Do not damage, carelessly touch or short-circuit IC chip; doing so may result in loss of data or malfunction. Remove dust/debris with a soft, dry cloth. Do not place labels, etc. on USIM Card; may cause failure. If handset is dropped/subjected to shock, handset may return to Standby. This is not a malfunction. If USIM not inserted After power-off Insert USIM appears, re-insert USIM Card properly then restart handset. 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-2 USIM Card Installation USIM PINs P.1-14) then follow steps below. Remove battery (

Inserting 1 With IC chip down, insert USIM Card Removing 1 Slide out USIM Card gently Notch PIN and PIN2 are set to There are two USIM Card security codes: PIN & PIN2

PIN/PIN2 can be changed (

PIN 9999 by default. P.11-2). PIN Authentication is ON (

4 to 8-digit code used to prevent unauthorized handset use.

P.11-2), PIN entry When is required each time handset is turned on (with USIM Card inserted). PIN2 Required to clear call times/costs or set maximum cost

P.18-9). PIN Lock & Cancellation (PUK/PUK2) PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock is activated if PIN or PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times. Cancel PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock by entering the PIN Unblocking Key (PUK/PUK2) (

For information on PUK/PUK2, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34). P.11-3). Note

If PUK/PUK2 is incorrectly entered ten times, USIM Card is locked and handset is disabled. Write down PUK/PUK2. For procedures required to unlock USIM Card, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34).

Note

Do not force USIM Card into or out of handset; may damage handset/

USIM Card. Be careful not to lose the removed USIM Card. Avoid touching USIM Card terminals or IC chip; doing so may hinder performance/USIM Card recognition.

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-3 Parts & Functions Handset

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-4

Using Earphone/Microphone or Video Output Cable Connect following accessories (A) and (B) to External Port.

(A) Earphone/microphone or video output cable

(B) Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable

<Operation>

Connect flat plug (A) to flat terminal (B) Connect plug (B) to External Port

(B)

(A) External Port

Do not press answer button on earphone/

microphone when connecting. Doing so may cause earphone/microphone to malfunction. In that case, pull out earphone/microphone, and connect again.

Earpiece Inside Camera Use during Video Calls Capture a self-portrait Display Mail Key P.ix) P.ix) Open Messaging menu Execute Upper Left Softkey function (

TV Key Activate TV Execute Lower Left Softkey function (

Send Key Initiate or answer calls Toggle upper/lower case in text entry windows Use Voice Dial Clear/Memo Key Delete characters Cancel menus Use Answer Phone

/Pictograph/Symbol/Driving Mode Key

Enter "

Access pictographs in text entry windows Access symbol list from pictograph list Toggle Driving Mode External Port Connect AC Charger (sold separately), Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable or other accessories here Microphone Light Sensor Detects ambient light Speed Selector Move cursor or select menus (

P.viii) Notification Light/Charging Indicator

Battery Cover

Charging Terminals

Antenna

Strap Eyelet

Flash/Photo light Flashes for incoming transmissions Lights for charging Yahoo! Keitai Key Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu Execute Upper Right Softkey function (

Camera Key Activate Camera/Video Camera Execute Lower Right Softkey function (

End/Escape & Power Key Power on/off (

End calls Return to Standby Keypad Enter phone number/text

#/Symbol/Manner Key Enter "#"

Access symbols in text entry windows Toggle Manner Mode P.1-16) P.ix) P.ix) Lights/flashes during Camera use Use when shooting in dark places

Outside Camera

Speaker

TV Antenna

Upper Side Key Increase earpiece/TV volume Activate Album-Touch

Lower Side Key Decrease earpiece/TV volume

[Closed Position]

Set/cancel Manner Mode MULTI Key Open TASK MENU/Pictures Folder View list of available widgets Shutter Key Activate Camera-Touch/capture images

Infrared Port Transfer data via Infrared Logo Place Logo over a reader/writer when using Osaifu-Keitai (

P.16-4) 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-5 Opening/Closing Handset Key Operations in Standby Slide Display part upward/downward. Make sure not to touch keypad when opening/closing handset; may cause malfunction. Press (less than one second) or press and hold (more than one second) a key in Standby to execute operation. Key Operations Function Initiate a call Turn off power Short Press Long Press Voice dial Short Press Show/hide widgets Long Press

(2 + sec) Short Press Open Main Menu Long Press Activate/cancel Keyguard Short Press Play Answer Phone Long Press Activate/cancel Answer Phone Short Press Activate Camera Long Press Activate Video Camera Short Press Activate Digital TV Long Press Activate/cancel IC Card Lock Short Press Open Messaging Menu Long Press Open S! Mail Composition window Short Press Access Yahoo! Keitai Long Press Open Yahoo! Keitai Menu Short Press Select Event Indicator, Shortcut, widget, Status Indicator, S! Quick News ticker Long Press Activate Slideshow-Touch Note

Customize handset to answer/end calls, etc. by opening/closing handset

Make sure not to touch Display when opening/closing handset with Album-Touch or Camera-Touch activated; may cause malfunction. P.18-2, P.18-9) 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-6 Key Operations Function Key Operations Function

Short Press Enter "

Long Press Activate/Cancel Driving Mode Short Press Enter "#"

Long Press Activate/Cancel Manner Mode Short Press Long Press Activate Album-Touch Short Press Decrease earpiece volume Increase earpiece volume Long Press Decrease earpiece volume 1/

Activate/Cancel Manner Mode 2 Short Press Activate Camera-Touch Long Press Activate Camera Short Press Activate TASK MENU Long Press Open Widget List 1 Available only when handset is open 2 Available only when handset is closed Short Press Open Phone Book search window Long Press Open Phone Book entry window Short Press Open Incoming Call Logs Long Press Open Received address logs Short Press Open Redial logs Long Press Open Sent address logs Short Press Enter "1"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "2"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "3"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "4"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "5"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "6"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "7"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "8"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "9"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

Short Press Enter "0"

Long Press Open Phone Book page ""

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-7 Display Display Indicators

Packet Transmission in Progress (PC)

microSD Card Dial-up Connection Established on PC 3G/GSM Packet Transmitting Operator (set for Select Operator) Out-of-Range

3G/GSM Packet Transmission Available*

3G/GSM Packet Transmission Unavailable*

* Available only while abroad

Secure Content S! Addressbook Back-up Synchronizing Auto Sync Settings Active

TBD

- are Status Indicators. Access functions from respective indicators (

P.1-20).

Signal Strength Strong Moderate Weak Emission OFF Mode Active Out-of-Range Low

PC Site Browser Active Infrared Transmission IC Transmission USB Cable Connected Keyguard Active

Software Update (Notification/Updating/

Result) Voice Mail

(Blue) Bluetooth Device Connected

(Black) Bluetooth Power Save Mode Inserted Reading/Writing Data Write-protected Unsupported Unusable USB Cable (Not Included) Connected microSD Mode MTP Mode During Call During Video Call During Voice Call

Positioning New S! Quick News Information New S! Information Channel info

Unsent Message Unread Message Incoming Mail Memory Full 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-8

Security

S! Appli

Incoming Call Ringtone Disabled Privacy Key Lock Active Personal Data Lock Active Key Pad Dial Lock Active IC Card Lock Active Secret Mode and Secret Data Only Active Key Pad Dial Lock, Secret Mode and Secret Data Only Active Key Pad Dial Lock and Personal Data Lock Active Secret Mode, Secret Data Only and IC Card Lock Active Privacy Key Lock and IC Card Lock Active Personal Data Lock and IC Card Lock Active Key Pad Dial Lock and IC Card Lock Active Key Pad Dial Lock, Secret Mode, Secret Data Only and IC Card Lock Active Key Pad Dial Lock, Personal Data Lock and IC Card Lock Active

Manner Mode Active Manner Mode (set in User Mode) Remote Monitoring Active Paused Active Auto Start Request Received Start Request Received while Paused Start Request Received while Active

One Function Active Multiple Functions Active Digital TV Active Recording TV Program During Timer Recording TV Recording Paused Music Playback Music Paused

Time

Battery Level

(Red)

(Red) Alarm Set (Today)

(Blue) Alarm Set (After Today)

Vibration Active (Incoming Call) Vibration Active (Incoming Message) Vibration Active (Incoming Call/Message) Incoming Message Ringtone Disabled Incoming Call/Message Ringtone Disabled

Driving Mode

microSD Mode set for USB Mode MTP Mode set for USB Mode

Timer Lock at Close Active

Call Charge Reached Upper Limit

Back Light OFF View Blind ON Back Light OFF; View Blind ON

Answer Phone Active (Number of Answer Phone Messages (Voice Calls))

Answer Phone Active (Number of Answer Phone Messages (Video Calls))

Weather Indicator (

P.7-7) Note

Main Menu To show icon description:

Settings Display Settings

Describe Icons icon to highlight an 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-9 Motion Control Tip Settings Disable All Motion Control Settings Change Motion Control Settings for Individual Functions P.18-6)

Switch Portrait/Landscape View automatically by changing handset orientation. Motion Control Capable Windows etc Still images/videos/PC movies Digital TV ON PC Site Browser Yahoo! Keitai (default setting: OFF) TBD TBD Note

Motion Control may not properly operate depending on handset orientation. In a still image window, display orientation changes automatically even when handset is held up side down or rotated 90 clockwise.

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-10 About Battery Before Charging Charge battery before use or after a period of disuse

(AC Charger sold separately). Charging Time & Operating Time Estimates Charging Time Standby Time Talk Time Voice Call Video Call 3G GSM 130 minutes*

640 hours*

220 minutes*

120 minutes*

380 hours*

230 minutes*

About Battery Clean handset, battery & charger with dry cotton swab. Replace battery if operating time shortens noticeably. Charge battery at least once every six months. Use a case when carrying battery separately.

Charging

Battery must be installed to charge it. It may take longer for charging when handset is on. Move charger away from TV/radio if interference occurs.

* Approximate value

P.2-11 3G Mode/GSM Mode:

Charging time is an average measured within temperatures of 5C to 35C. Talk Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with stable signals. Standby Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with handset closed without calls or operations, in Standby with stable signals. Talk Time and Standby Time may vary by environment (battery status, temperature, etc.).

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-11 Battery Time Battery Strength Indicator

Extreme temperatures Impaired handset, battery or Charging Terminals Signal is weak/handset is out-of-range Handset is left mid-operation (not in Standby) Viewing TV, playing music or using S! Appli, etc. Using handset in poor conditions may shorten battery time. Extending battery time Example:

Turn Back Light Time Select OFF for Key Tone (

P.18-2) OFF and shorten Time to Power Saver (

When Battery Runs Out

Battery Strength indicator changes as remaining usage time decreases. Charge or replace battery when battery level is low (

message appears on Display. P.1-10, 1-11) or a Battery Voltage P.18-5) Operating Voltage Low battery warning message appears. Charge or replace battery immediately.

to cancel warning tone manually. Charge or Unless a Call is in Progress A message appears and warning tone sounds for 10 seconds. Handset power turns off automatically after one minute; press any key or except replace battery. During a Call A message appears and warning tone sounds via Earpiece or Speaker. After 20 seconds, call ends and handset shuts down in one minute. Charge or replace battery. If Manner Mode is active, nothing sounds. Level 3 Approx. 70%

Red Level 1 Level 0 Level 2 Approx.20% Approx.10%

Remaining Strength (at 25C) Operating Time Note

Alternatively, check battery level from

Phone Settings Battery Battery Level Main Menu Settings 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-12 Battery Installation Note

Lithium-ion batteries are valuable and recyclable resources. Recycle used lithium-ion battery at a shop displaying the symbol shown to the right. To avoid fire or electric shock, do not:

- Short-circuit battery

- Disassemble battery Always turn off handset power before removing battery.

1 Press and slide to remove cover 2 Insert Battery Align battery contacts with handset pins. Remove Battery Lift battery out as shown. 3 Replace battery cover Cover should click into place. 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-13 Charging Battery Use only specified AC Charger (sold separately). Charging Time: Approximately 130 minutes Charger Blades Arrows up Charging Indicator AC Outlet 2 3 1 Connect AC Charger to handset Insert Charger Connector (printed side up) into External Port. 2 Plug AC Charger into AC Outlet Extend Charger Blades. Charging Indicator illuminates and charging starts. When charging is complete, Charging Indicator goes out.

When Charging Indicator flashes, remove AC Charger and battery from handset then attach them again. Charge Sound When handset is turned off or in Manner Mode, nothing sounds. is heard when charging starts/ends.

External Port Release Tabs AC Charger 1 Charger Connector Port Cover 3 When charging is complete, unplug AC Charger, then disconnect handset Squeeze Release Tabs to remove Charger Connector, and replace Port Cover. Note

For details, read AC Charger instructions. Alternatively, charge battery by using Desktop Holder (not included). Tip Charging Start/End Tone Off (

P.18-2) 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-14 Handset Power On/Off 1 Press and hold Start-up window appears and handset enters Standby.

Enter PIN if PIN Authentication is ON

P.11-2). 2 Press for 2+ seconds Handset shuts down.

Do not turn on handset immediately after turning off. Wait a few seconds. TBD Standby Initial Setup The first time handset powers up and Initial setting window appears, select YES and set the following: (Each item can be set separately.) P.18-8) P.18-3) Date & Time* (

Phone Password P.1-28)

Key Tone (

Speed Selector Sound

P.18-6) Font Size (

Keyguard (

* May be automatically set P.18-6) P.12-4) Set date and time Enter 9999, and enter new Phone Password (4-8 digits) Select ON or OFF Select a pattern or OFF Set Display font size all at once Select ON or OFF View Introduction Mail P-egg mail is saved by default. appear in Standby, and Notification Light/Charging Indicator flashes. Check the mail in the following ways:

to select an Event Indicator (

Incoming Mail Received Select a message Widget appears in Standby after Introduction mail is viewed. and Event Indicator P.1-22), then press

Note If USIM not inserted After power-off Insert USIM appears, clean and properly re-insert USIM Card then restart handset. After a period of inactivity, Display turns off.

Retrieving Network Information is pressed for the first time in Standby,

, or When handset initiates Network Information retrieval;

retrieve it.

Update Network Information to use messaging, Internet, etc. Update Network Information manually:

Connectivity Retrieve NW Info YES Main Menu Settings to 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-15 Keyguard in Standby to Activate Keyguard by pressing and holding avoid key operation error while carrying handset. Open handset to cancel Keyguard temporarily.

appears when Keyguard is set.

To cancel Keyguard, repeat operation.

To avoid canceling Keyguard even when opening handset:Keyguard:

P.12-4) Set Tip Settings Change Wallpaper Add Calendar to Wallpaper Change Wallpaper Randomly Change Start-up Window

P.18-3) Manner Mode Minding Mobile Manners Please use your handset responsibly. Use these basic tips as a guide. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Please take care not to disturb others when using your handset. Adjust handset use according to your surroundings.

Turn it off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm. Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies, elevators, etc. Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc. Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.

Manner-related Features Right) P.18-2) Manner Mode

Vibration Mode

Ringer Volume

Emission OFF Mode

Answer Phone

P.18-2) P.1-18) P.2-15) Driving Mode

P.1-18) Press Manner key to mute handset tones and activate vibration for incoming transmissions. Activate in public places, meetings, etc. for silent call/message alerts. Mute call/message tones. Suspend all handset transmissions. Use to handle incoming calls when inappropriate/

unsafe to answer. While driving, send a voice message informing the caller that you cannot answer the call

(Handset does not ring.). 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-16 Activating Manner Mode Activating Emission OFF Mode Press one key to mute handset tones and activate vibration for incoming transmissions.

1 Manner Mode settings can be changed (

When Manner Mode is active, appears. P.18-7). In Standby, press and hold

To cancel: Press and hold To activate/cancel while handset is closed:

Press and hold again TBD Note

Level 1) sound even in Shutter click and incoming tone via Earphone (

Manner Mode. When Music Player or Digital TV activates in Manner Mode, confirmation appears asking whether to cancel Manner Mode. When Manner Mode is active. Prefer manner mode is OFF (

P.12-7), Alarm sounds even if Tip Settings Set Manner Mode Type (

P.18-7) Temporarily suspend all handset transmissions; when active, all calls/messages and incoming information are blocked.

When Emission OFF Mode is active, appears. Main Menu Settings Call Settings Emission OFF Mode 1 YES

Note

To cancel: Follow the same steps. Emission OFF Mode disables Bluetooth Bluetooth handsfree devices cannot be used either.

/Infrared/IC transmissions. Activating Driving Mode Handset does not ring for incoming calls. Voice guidance informs the caller you are unavailable and Answer Phone activates.

1 When Driving Mode is active, appears. To cancel: Press and hold In Standby, press and hold

Note

again When Answer Phone memory is full, incoming calls are rejected. Check ringtone when earphone/microphone is connected. 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-17 Handset Menus Main Menu 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d TBD TBD Standby 1 In Standby, Main Menu appears.

To change Main Menu theme:

Main Menu

[Set Menu] Select a pattern to highlight an icon 2 To return to Standby:

Selected function menu appears.

Note

Standby window returns after 15 seconds of inactivity in Main Menu. Main Menu Icons Messaging Yahoo!

(Yahoo! Keitai) S! Appli TBD TBD TBD Create new/view received messages News/

Entertainment Enjoy Mobile Net &

PC Site browsing Download, set and use S! Appli Camera Music

(Music Player) TBD TBD TBD Use S! Quick News or e-books Capture images or record videos Use Music Player Tools TBD Data Folder Widget

(Mobile Widget) TBD TBD Set Alarm or save Calendar entries TV TBD Open files saved on 940P/microSD Card Phone Book TBD Use Mobile Widget Settings TBD View TV or record/

timer-record programs Save entries to call or send messages Adjust/customize handset settings 1-18 Tip Settings Change Display Color Scheme (

P.18-3) Change Main Menu Icons Change Main Menu Background (

P.18-4) When Menu Icons is Set to Basic or Customize Menus cannot be selected from Main Menu by keypad. Open menu items by entering specific number in Main Menu (Quick Open Menu:

P.19-14). Menu Numbers Use keypad to select functions or menu items. Unnumbered Menu Items When numbers do not appear, select items as shown. Main Menu to select Settings from Main Menu Top Menu Opened from Main Menu to select Display Settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 TBD 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d TBD 1 4 7 2 5 8 TBD 3 6 9 0

Press [0] to show Account Details. To open Phone top menu, select Phone by pressing Example: Settings Top Menu Numbered Menu Items Press key corresponding to menu number to select a menu. In Display Settings (from Settings Top to select Back Light Time Menu), TBD 1-19 Accessing Functions/Info from Standby Using Pointer (

In Standby,

) Select indicators/ticker in Standby to access functions and information.

1 P.1-21)Mobile Widget (

P.7-4)S! Information Channel/Weather (

Available Items Event Indicator (

S! Quick News (

Shortcuts (

P.1-22)Status Indicators (

P.1-10) P.7-2) P.7-6) Item to widgets list Yahoo!JAPAN Login Stand-by Display

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description Open Widget List Open Yahoo! JAPAN log in window Change Standby wallpaper Select a folder

Select an image In Standby, Pointer (

Press

(Pointer disappears).

) appears. or to return to Standby 2 Use to move pointer (

) to an indicator, icon or ticker

[Select]

Indicator, icon or ticker is selected. Function name appears.

to move pointer (

) Press and hold continuously To cancel selection:

or

[Select]

3 Function or information appears. When Widgets Do Not Appear Pointer (

) does not appear. After Step 1, use

[Select] to show function or information To show/hide widgets:

TBD to highlight an item 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-20 Touch Panel Drag item to target location and release your finger

Use Display as Touch Panel when Camera-Touch or Album-

Touch is active.

Remove sheet from Display. Do not put any stickers on Display. Touch operations are invalid while Display is turned off. Press any key to turn on Display. Some keys (

Entering Phone Password with keypad is valid. Notes

Touch Panel may not operate properly if used with sharp objects (e.g. pens), fingernails, gloved fingers or objects placed on Display. To avoid malfunctions, do not touch Display with wet fingers or press Display too hard.

) are invalid during touch operations.

, Basic Operations Tap Display Tap

[Select items, execute functions, etc.]

Drag

[Scroll screen, etc.]

Swipe

[Move, scroll screen, etc.]

Pinch

[Enlarge/reduce screen]

Hold

[Continuous zoom, etc.]

Swipe your finger across Display in desired direction Spread (enlarge) or pinch (reduce) on Display using two fingers Touch and hold an item 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-21 Standby Options & Event Indicators Check various indicators and information in Standby.

To access functions/information from indicators:

P.1-20 Event Indicators Event Indicators appear for missed calls, messages, etc. TBD Mobile Widget (Japanese) Paste various widgets to Standby to access information or tools from Standby.

Mobile Widget:

P.7-2 To show/hide widgets:

S! Quick News (Japanese) By default, S! Quick News appears at bottom of Display.

S! Quick News:

Show/hide S! Quick News:

P.18-16 P.7-4 P.2-16) Events Missed Calls Missed calls (

New Messages New messages (

P.13-10) Answer Phone Recorded caller messages (

Voice Mail P.2-19) P.2-13) Missed Call Notification New Voice Mail (

If Missed Call Notification is active, indicator appears for calls missed while handset is off, out-of-range, engaged, etc. (

P.2-19) S! Information Channel Info Weather Info Weather Indicator (received updates) (

S! Information Channel (received updates) (

Other Information Missed alarm (

USB Mode setting (

Auto location information notice (

Content Key (

P.12-6)S! Appli startup notice (

P.10-11)Missed location information request P.17-3)Timer (

P.5-14) P.9-5)Software Update result (

P.19-13) P.7-6) P.7-7) P.15-3) 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-22 TBD TBD Shortcuts Access frequently used functions from Standby.

Following shortcuts are set by default

(Services available only in Japanese):

Menu List (Connects to site)/

Procedures/Fees (Connects to site)/TBD (Connects to site)/

Pedometer/Slideshow-Touch Shortcuts TBD Adding Shortcuts Some functions are not available for shortcuts.

[Menu]

1 Open a function, Add shortcut icon YES Customizing User Interface Customized Screen/Familiar Usability Download and set Customized Screen to personalize user interface, ringtone, etc., to a selected theme. Downloading Customized Screen 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d Main Menu Data Folder Customized Screen 1 Customized Screen YES Website providing characters or applications appears. Follow onscreen instructions.

To manage Customized Screen applications in Data Folder:

P.9-11 Editing/Deleting Shortcuts 1 In Standby, shortcut

to move pointer Highlight a 2

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Edit title Sort Delete this Delete all Operation/Description

Select a target

[Finish] Edit title Select an item YES YES YES 1-23 In Standby, Setting Customized Screen 1 2 3 Highlight a theme To toggle thumbnail and list:

[Set]

[Change]

[Customize] Customized Screen

4 YES Note

Customized Screen or Familiar Usability cannot be set when battery is low. Other functions are not available while switching. For some seconds after switching is complete, all calls/messages may be blocked. Alternatively, To cancel, select Release Settings. When Simple menu is active, Customized Screen settings are not reflected. To reflect settings, cancel Simple menu. Main Menu Settings Customized Screen

Changing Display Font Change Display font. Fonts can also be downloaded. Downloading Fonts Main Menu Settings Display Settings Font 1 Download Font YES For details on Font folder (Data Folder):

P.9-11 Follow onscreen instructions.

Note

While Personal Data Lock is set, fonts cannot be downloaded. Changing Font Main Menu Settings Display Settings Font 1 Select a folder Highlight a font

[Set]

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-24 Private Menu Save frequently used functions in Private Menu.

Up to 12 items can be saved. Change preset functions as needed. Customizing Private Menu 1 In Standby,

[Private]

[Set]

Opening Private Menu 1 In Standby, Private Menu appears.

To return to Main Menu:

[Private]

[Normal]

2 Select a menu TBD Private Menu Window Change Private Menu Background

[Set] After Step1, folder Select an image

[Menu] Change BG image Select a

[Menu] 2 Highlight a target Add to menu 3 Select an item Cancel Functions In Step 2, (highlight a function

Release this or Release all YES Reset Private Menu In Step 2,

[Menu] Reset menu YES

[Menu]

TBD Private Menu Setting Window

[Private]

[Set]

[Menu] Add shortcut icon YES

In Standby, Adding Shortcuts 1 2 Note

Alternatively, open Private Menu setting window from Main Menu Settings Display Settings Private Menu 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-25 Activating Simple Menu 1 In Standby, 2 YES or NO

[Simple] YES

Select To open Simple menu:

YES to set all items in Font Size (

in Standby. P.18-6) to Large. Cancel Simple Menu In Standby,

[Normal] YES Note

Turning off the power does not cancel Simple menu. Widgets (in Standby) and S! Quick News do not appear in Simple menu. Customized Screen or Familiar Usability setting is canceled. Simple Menu Activate Simple menu to limit menu options to basic ones.

Handset is limited to basic operations (

P.1-27). TBD TBD Normal Mode Window Simple Menu Window 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-26 Simple Menu Simple Menu Voice Call Outgoing Log Incoming Log Phone Book Create New Phone Book Answer Phone Account Details Messaging Incoming Mail Create New Retrieve New Drafts Sent Messages Create New SMS Yahoo! Keitai Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks Saved Pages Enter URL Page 2-13 2-13 4-6 4-3 2-15 1-30 13-15 13-4 13-15 13-15 13-15 13-7 14-2 14-8 14-8 14-4 Simple Menu Page Simple Menu Settings Ringtones/Volume Screen/Fonts Call Time & Cost Date & Time Security Call Settings Camera Take Pictures Shoot Videos Camera-Touch See Pictures Watch Videos Album-Touch TV Watch TV Timer Recording Channel Setting Tools Data Folder Alarms Calendar Calculator Notepad Receive via Infrared 6-6 6-8 6-13 6-14 6-14 6-15 5-5 5-14 5-4 9-2 12-6 12-2 12-8 12-8 10-3 Page 1-17 18-2 18-3 to 18-6 18-9 18-8 11-2 16-5 19-12 2-17 to 2-21 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-27 Security Code P.2-20). 4-digit number specified at initial subscription, required to restrict handset services (

Enter number within 15 seconds. If entered incorrectly three times, Security Code settings lock; Security Code & Center Access Code must be changed. Reach SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

Security Code can be changed on handset (

P.19-34) for details. P.2-21).

Note

Write down Phone Password, Center Access Code and Security Code. Do not reveal Phone Password, Center Access Code and Security Code. SoftBank is not liable for misuse or damages. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34).

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d Passwords Phone Password, Center Access Code and Security Code are needed for handset use. Phone Password

<Default> 9999 4 to 8-digit number required to use/change some handset functions.

Enter number within 15 seconds. _ appears for each digit entered. Phone Password can be changed on handset (

P.11-2). Center Access Code 4-digit number specified at initial subscription; required to access Voice Mail via landlines or subscribe to fee-based information.

Do not attempt to change Center Access Code. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34). 1-28 Multi Task Activate up to three functions from four different groups at the same time. Group Function

Messaging Group Messaging

Yahoo! Keitai/

S! Appli Group Yahoo! Keitai/News/Entertainment

Tools Group Music Player*/Camera/Tools/Data Folder/TV/

Phone/Mobile Widget Settings

Settings Group

* Functions other than Tools Group may be included.

[ ] appears above the icons of an active group.

appears for single function in use;

for multiple functions in use. TBD Tip Other Functions while Watching TV (

Using Other Functions while Listening to Music (Play Background) (

P.5-8) P.8-7) Activating Another Function Activate another function from a different group. Multi Task is unavailable when Simple menu is active. 1

Open Menu Select a function TBD TASK MENU Window Note

If another function is selected from same group, confirmation appears. Select YES to cancel current function and start a new function. Ending Current Functions 1 End All Active Functions

] YES

1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-29 View Blind Activate View Blind to protect Display from prying eyes. Main Menu Settings Display Settings View Blind 1 ON 2 Select a level Set level 1-3 (Level 3 is the highest level). P.4-13). Also confirm data saved in Account Details: name, My Number Confirm handset phone number in Account Details

mail address, etc. 1 In Standby,

Account Details appears. TBD

Note

to activate/cancel. Previously selected Alternatively, press and hold level takes priority. View Blind cannot be activated: While in Standby; while S! Appli is active; while Privacy Key Lock is active; during All Reset; when phone number is being entered 1 G e t t i n g S t a r t e d 1-30

 

 

Call 2 Call Log ............................................................... 2-13 Viewing Call Logs .....................................................................2-14 Making Calls from Call Log .......................................................2-14 Functions Available from Call Log .............................................2-15 Answer Phone/Call Data ..................................... 2-15 Answer Phone ..........................................................................2-15 Call Data ..................................................................................2-16 Answer Phone/Call Data Functions ...........................................2-17 Optional Services ............................................... 2-17 Overview ..................................................................................2-17 Call Forwarding ........................................................................2-18 Voice Mail ................................................................................2-19 Call Waiting..............................................................................2-20 Call Barring ..............................................................................2-21 Caller ID ...................................................................................2-22 Making/Answering Voice Calls ............................. 2-2 Making Voice Calls .....................................................................2-2 Outgoing Call Functions .............................................................2-3 Emergency Calls (110, 119, 118) ................................................2-4 Answering Voice Calls .................................................................2-5 Incoming Call Functions ..............................................................2-5 Making Voice Clear (Shikkari Talk) ...............................................2-5 Making/Answering Video Calls ............................. 2-6 Note ..........................................................................................2-6 Video Call Window .....................................................................2-6 Making Video Calls .....................................................................2-7 Answering Video Calls ................................................................2-8 Remote Monitoring ....................................................................2-8 International Calls ................................................ 2-9 Calling Abroad from Japan ..........................................................2-9 Calling while Abroad ................................................................2-10 Global Roaming Settings ..........................................................2-10 Engaged Call Functions ...................................... 2-12 Operations Available during a Voice Call ...................................2-12 Operations Available during a Video Call ...................................2-12 2-1 Making/Answering Voice Calls Making Voice Calls Note

Do not cover antenna area (

signal strength and cause calls/transmissions to be unavailable. P.1-6) with hand or sticker; may weaken Before Calling

Confirm signal strength (

If any of these indicators appear:

Calls cannot be made (

P.1-10) P.1-10, P.1-11, P.19-12) Tip Operations Available during a Voice Call (

P.2-14) Making Calls from Call Log (

Saving Entered Numbers to Phone Book (

Making Calls from Phone Book (

P.4-6) Settings Call Time & Call Cost Set Handset Response when Closed P.2-12) P.4-5) 1 Enter a phone number

Include area code for all numbers. during Call (

P.18-9) 2 Confirm the number, then

To adjust volume:

or 3 to end call Call Time appears. Correcting Misentries Use Press and hold to place cursor at digit to delete, then

. to delete the digit and all digits to the right of cursor. 2 C a l l 2-2 Outgoing Call Functions Showing/Hiding Caller ID

[Menu] Notify caller ID OFF or ON

[Menu] Notify caller ID Cancel prefix

Enter number To cancel setting:

Setting Caller ID on/off (Caller ID:

Adding Prefix to Phone Number P.2-21)

[Edit] Enter a name

Settings Call Settings Prefix Save Prefix Main Menu

Highlight <Not Recorded>

Enter a prefix number Up to seven entries can be saved. To check entries: Select a saved prefix. To delete entries: Highlight a prefix

Delete all ( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES Make Calls Using Prefix Enter a number Voice Calls:

Alternatively, in detail window of Phone Book, Redial, Outgoing Call Logs or Incoming Call Logs, entry Voice Calls:

[Menu] Prefix numbers Select an

/ Video Calls:

[Menu] Prefix numbers Select an entry

/ Video Calls:

[Menu] Delete this or

[V. Call]

[V. Call]

Example: Save "186" and "184" as prefixes, and add them to phone numbers to show/hide your caller ID when making calls. Sending Touch-tone Signals

[Edit] Enter a number string

Settings Phone Settings Pause Dial Send touch-tone signals for services such as reserving tickets, checking bank balance, etc. Save number strings to be sent as a touch-tone signal. Use P (pause) to separate numbers when saving. Save Pause Dial Main Menu

To enter a pause (p): Press and hold To delete: In Pause Dial window, Send Pause Dial Main Menu

connected, press Number string is sent each time To send all number strings at one time: Once line is connected, press and hold

Settings Phone Settings Pause Dial

Once line is

[Send] Enter a phone number

[Menu] Delete YES

Send at one time

[Send] is pressed.

[Send]

2 C a l l 2-3

Emergency Positioning Request When an emergency call is made from a mobile phone, location is reported to first response agencies such as the police.

Location information may be inaccurate due to location or signal conditions. Describe location or nearby landmarks. Base Station Positioning System is accurate within 100 meters to 10 kilometers. Location information from distant base stations may be inaccurate. Function available where first response agencies have completed system installation. Dialing 184 before 110, 119 or 118, cancels location report. However, first responders may obtain location information for immediate and serious threats to life. Not available for international roaming. Requires no separate subscription or transmission fees.

Emergency Calls (110, 119, 118) Call 110 (Police), 119 (Fire & Ambulance) or 118 (Coast Guard) even when some handset restrictions are active. 2 C a l l Calls Cannot be Made in Following Cases:

When In PIN/PIN2, PUK/PUK2 entry window Set Max Cost Limit is ON and charge limit is reached 2-4 Answering Voice Calls When a Call Arrives 940P rings; Notification Light flashes. If Caller ID is sent, number appears in Display; if saved in Phone Book, caller's name appears. When an International call arrives, phone number. 1 2 to talk

To adjust volume:

to end call Call Time appears. or appears at upper left of caller's

Adjust Ringer Volume While 940P is ringing, Volume adjustment is disabled in following cases:

Note

During Manner Mode (

While When Caller ID is not sent, Withheld appears. Ringer Volume is set to Escalating Tone (

P.1-17) Tip Operations Available during a Voice Call (

Rejecting Unknown Callers Rejecting Calls without Caller ID

Settings Change Answer Setting Answer Calls by Opening Handset P.11-11) P.2-12)

P.18-7) Incoming Call Functions Following operations are available for incoming calls. Place Calls on Hold Answer Phone Call Rejection

[Menu] Call Rejection

Rejecting Unknown Callers/Rejecting Calls without Caller ID (

P.11-11) Call Forwarding

[Menu] Call Forwarding

Activate Call Forwarding (

forward incoming calls to a preset number. If Call Forwarding is not active, call is rejected. P.2-17) beforehand to P.18-2) Making Voice Clear (Shikkari Talk)

<Default> ON Make other party's voice clear according to surrounding noise. Main Menu Settings Call Settings Shikkari Talk 1 ON or OFF 2 C a l l 2-5 Making/Answering Video Calls Exchange video/sound with video call-compatible mobiles.

Send Alternative Picture (still image) or video Image via Outside Camera. Video Call Window Example: Outgoing Video Call by Default Tip Remote Monitoring (

P.2-8) Note

Only available within 3G network coverage. 940P is 3G-324M compliant; calls connected via different systems may be disconnected (charges apply). Increasing Speaker volume may cause interference. Decrease volume or use earphone. Handset may become warm during Video Call. This is not malfunction. When incoming/outgoing sound or image fails, try calling again. When battery charging or TV recording starts while Inside Camera is active, switching to Outside Camera is disabled. When charging starts while Outside Camera is active, Alternative Image is sent and Outside Camera is not automatically restored. Switch to Outside Camera after charging. Video Call Indicator TBD Call Time Incoming Image Outgoing Image

(Video Image/

Alternative Image) Indicators

: Incoming/Outgoing Sound OK

(Gray): Incoming/Outgoing Sound NG

: Incoming/Outgoing Image OK

(Gray): Incoming/Outgoing Image NG

: Video ON

: Alternative Image ON

: Speaker ON

: AV output

: During Bluetooth handsfree call

: Portrait

: Close-up

: Landscape

: Night mode

Image display changes depending on settings. 2 C a l l 2-6 Making Video Calls Before Calling

P.1-10) Confirm signal strength (

If any of these indicators appear:

Video Calls cannot be made (

1 Enter a phone number P.1-10, P.1-11, P.19-12) Tip P.2-3) Outgoing Call Functions (

Operations Available during a Video Call (

Making Calls from Call Log (

Other Ways to Add New Entries (

Making Calls from Phone Book (

Settings Change Outgoing Image Switch to Voice Call when Video P.4-5) P.4-6) P.2-14) P.2-12) Call Fails (

P.18-12) 2 Confirm the number, then

[V. Call]

When answered, outgoing and incoming images appear; other party's voice sounds via Speaker.

To adjust volume:

to end call or Other party's voice sounds via Earpiece in Manner Mode; activate Speaker (

P.2-12). 3 Note

2 C a l l 2-7 Answering Video Calls When a Video Call Arrives 940P rings; Notification Light flashes. 2 C a l l If Caller ID is sent, number appears in Display;

if saved in Phone Book, caller's name appears. When an International call arrives, appears at upper left of caller's phone number. TBD 1 Inside Camera Image is sent.

To send Alternative Image:

[Subst.]

TBD Tip Adjust Ringer Volume Incoming Call Functions (

Operations Available during a Video Call (

P.2-12) P.2-5) Remote Monitoring Use 940P as a monitoring camera to observe a remote place from a phone with 3G-324M compliant Video Call functions. Remote Monitoring starts when 940P receives a Video Call from preset phone number. Saving Numbers to Activate Remote Monitoring Main Menu Settings Video Call Remote Monitoring 1 Enter Phone Password Other ID 2 <Not Recorded> Enter a phone number 3 Ring Tone Duration Enter time (sec) 4 Setting ON

Setting cannot be set to ON in Manner Mode. to end call 2 Note

Other party's voice sounds via Earpiece in Manner Mode; activate Speaker (

P.2-12). 2-8

<Not Recorded> Select Numbers from Phone Book/Call Log In Step 2, highlight

Select an item Select a number Delete Numbers After Step 1, (highlight a number Delete all YES

[Menu] Refer to

[Menu] Delete this or Using Remote Monitoring 1 Make a Video Call to 940P from a preset phone number After ring time elapses, Remote Monitoring starts.

A Video Call starts if 940P answers before auto answer activates. 2 To quit Remote Monitoring, side)

(caller or recipient International Calls Calling Abroad from Japan

Application not required. For details, go to:

http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/call/

1 Enter a phone number 2

[Menu] Int'l dial assist Country/region code list appears. 3 Select a country/region 4 Voice Calls Video Calls

[V. Call]

Enter Country/Region Code Directly

Press and hold to display + (IDD Prefix) Enter a country/

region code Enter a number (omit first 0)

[V. Call]

Voice Calls:

Do not omit leading

/ Video Calls:

0 to call Italy (country code: 39).

2 C a l l 2-9 Calling while Abroad

May require application to Global Roaming Guide when traveling abroad. For details, go to:

http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/global_roaming Global Roaming Service. Download and take Example: When Roaming Dial Assistant is ON

Roaming Dial Assistant

1 Voice Calls Enter a phone number Right) is set to ON and Japan by default.

[V. Call]

Video Calls Enter a phone number 2 Select an item (See below) First 0 is replaced by +81.

Item Call to Japan* Call Japan Call to set code*

As is Call To call a number just as saved in Phone Book:

Dial with orig.No. Operation/Description Call a country/region set for Roaming Dial Assistant Call a number just as entered Select when calling within the country/region you stay

* First 0 is replaced by IDD Prefix and country/region code (e.g. +81). (When

calling Italy, +39 is added before first 0.) Confirmation window appears for the first time. Select Roaming Dial Assistant to OFF. NO to set Note

In Step 1, to dial number as is, enter an IDD Prefix and a country/region code directly or select an entry with an IDD Prefix and a country/region code. Global Roaming Settings Main Menu Settings International Call From International Call Settings Int'l Dial Assist

Select an item (See below) Item Roaming Dial Assistant Country/

Area Code Operation/Description Replace IDD Prefix with +

ON or OFF ( For ON, select a country/region) Save up to 27 country/region codes

<Not Recorded> Highlight country/region name Enter a country/region code To view an entry: Select a saved country/region name To delete: Highlight a country/region name

[Edit] Enter a

[Menu] Delete this or Delete all ( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES IDD Prefix Edit IDD Prefix. IDD Prefix is set to 0046010 by default

[Menu] Edit Edit IDD Prefix 2 C a l l 2-10 Network Mode

<Default> Automatically Operator Priority for Automatic Search PLMN Setting

[Menu] Select an item (See below)

Select Network

Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Automatically 3G/GSM service area in Japan or abroad. Manually 940P selects 3G network in Japan or an available network automatically using area (network condition) abroad.

: 3G/GSM service area in Japan or abroad. 3G/GSM 940P selects an available network using area

(network condition). Select an item

: 3G service area in Japan or abroad

: GSM service area abroad. Unavailable in 3G GSM Japan

Automatically Select Operator is recommended.

<Default> Auto Select Operator

Select an item (See below) Item Auto Manual Network Re-search Operation/Description Select an operator automatically Select an operator manually Select an operator

Operators with

To show operator list:

Search available networks

X are not available.

[Update]

Auto is set, 940P selects an available operator When automatically. When Manual is set, operator list appears. 2 C a l l Item Add your network Add from list Direct input Change priority Delete this/

Delete all Operation/Description Save currently connected operator

[Finish] YES Select an operator

type To search operators by country/region:

Select a country/region (To search again in country/

[Search] Enter a country/region region list:

name)

[Set] Select a network

[Finish] YES

[Search] Save unlisted operators by entering country/region code and operator code Enter country/region code (3 digits) and operator code

(2 to 3 digits) Select a network type

[Finish] YES

Select a priority

[Finish] YES YES

[Finish] YES View Operator Name in Standby

Operator Name When

ON or OFF ON is set, Clock Position is set to Pattern 1 (

<Default> OFF P.18-4). 2-11 Engaged Call Functions Operations Available during a Voice Call Adjust Volume Place Call on Hold Speaker ON/OFF Record Conversation Toggle Manner Mode Toggle Handset/

Bluetooth

Adjust volume within two seconds. Adjusted volume is retained even after calls end or handset is turned off. To resume call:

[Hold]

Toggle Speaker or Earpiece Record for about three minutes per call

Press and hold To end recording:

[Rec]

[Stop], or or press and hold

To play back recorded data:

Press and hold P.2-16 Toggle handset or Bluetooth device Press and hold Operations Available during a Video Call Adjust Volume Place Call on Hold Speaker ON/OFF Record Conversation Inside Camera/

Outside Camera Camera/

Alternative Image Toggle Image Size Zoom Toggle Manner Mode

Adjust volume within two seconds. Adjusted volume is retained even after calls end or handset is turned off.

[Subst.]

To resume call:

To send Alternative Image:

[Hold]

Toggle Speaker or Earpiece Record up to five calls for about 20 seconds each

[In cam/Out cam]

Press and hold To end recording:

To play back recorded data:

[Stop] or press and hold P.2-16 Toggle Camera Image and Alternative Image

[Image/Subst.]

[Change]

Adjust zoom level for Camera Image to be sent

(zoom in) or Press and hold

(zoom out) 2 C a l l 2-12 Toggle Handset/

Bluetooth Backlight Setting Video Call Setting LCD AI Account Details Key Guide Toggle handset or Bluetooth device

[Menu] Talk on BT/Phone Bluetooth or Phone

[Menu] Back light Constant light or 15 seconds light

[Menu] V. Call settings Follow the steps for selected item (

P.18-12) Activate/deactivate auto image compensation

[Menu] LCD AI ON or OFF

[Menu] Account details

[Menu] Key guide 2 C a l l Call Log Incoming and outgoing call records appear here. Use these records to call back. Redial Outgoing Call Logs Incoming Call Logs Up to 30 outgoing call records (Voice and Video) are saved. Older records of same number are deleted. Up to 30 outgoing call records (Voice and Video) and up to 30 outgoing transmission records (64K data and packet transmission) are saved. Older records of same number are also retained. Up to 30 incoming call records (Voice and Video) and up to 30 incoming transmission records (64K data transmission) are saved. Older records of same number are also retained. Indicators for Redial/Outgoing Call Logs/Incoming Call Logs Dialed/received Voice Calls

* Missed Voice Calls Dialed/received Video Calls

* Missed Video Calls New messages recorded on Answer Phone Dialed/received international Voice Calls

* Missed international Voice Calls Dialed/received international Video Calls

* Missed international Video Calls

* Calls received while handset is off, out-of-range, engaged, etc. (

P.2-19) Received Remote Monitoring calls Dialed calls of 64K data transmission Received calls of 64K data transmission

* Missed calls of 64K data transmission Dialed calls of packet transmission Received calls of 64K data/packet transmission when no external device is connected

* Unchecked calls are highlighted. 2-13 Viewing Call Logs 1 Redial 2 C a l l Outgoing Call Logs

Phone Book Call Log

Outgoing Call Logs Incoming Call Logs Records appear.

To show Received/Sent address logs:

[Change]

Making Calls from Call Log 1 Open Call Logs (

2 Voice Calls Left) Highlight a phone number or name TBD Redial Video Calls Highlight a phone number or name

[V. Call]

International Calls Select a phone number or name Int'l dial assist Select a country/region Voice Calls:

/Video Calls:

[V. Call]

[Menu]

View Missed Calls Main Menu

Missed Calls Unknown Calls

Phone Book Call Log Incoming Call Logs appears in Call Log for unchecked calls. Note

Newest record appears at top of list. Names appear if saved in Phone Book. Call Log records remain even if 940P is turned off. When the maximum number of records are saved, oldest is deleted first. Incoming Call Logs can also be opened from

Phone Book Call Log Incoming Call Logs All Calls Main Menu

2-14 Functions Available from Call Log Highlight a call record and press

Available functions vary by selected log/record.

[Menu]. P.4-5) Operation/Description P.2-3) Select an entry Add a prefix to phone number before dialing Add international dialing prefix

Select a country/region

Item Save number to Phone Book (

Show ring time (missed calls) P.1-22) Create a shortcut (

Notify caller ID Notify or withhold your Caller ID (

Prefix numbers Intl dial assist Character size Toggle font size Add to Phone Book Ring time 1 Add shortcut icon Compose S! Mail Compose SMS 2 Received address/

Sent address Delete this/

Delete selected/

Delete all 1 Available only for Incoming Call Logs 2 Message can be sent to SoftBank handsets only Create S! Mail

Create SMS

Show Received/Sent address log Delete record(s) in selected list From Step 4 on P.13-4) From Step 4 on P.13-7) Answer Phone/Call Data Answer Phone Record up to five voice messages for Voice Calls or up to two for Video Calls (up to 20 seconds per message) on 940P.

(Voice Call) or When Answer Phone is active, Call) appears in Standby. Unavailable when: handset is off or in Emission OFF Mode;

Use Voice Mail (

appears. P.2-18).

(Video

Activating/Canceling Answer Phone 1 Press and hold

To toggle setting, repeat operation. Redirect a Call to Answer Phone

[Ans. Ph] or

<Default> ON TBD Note

Main Menu Tools Alternatively, activate/cancel from

Sound Recorders Answer Phone Setting ON or OFF When full, new messages cannot be recorded even if Answer Phone is activated. Delete old messages. While Manner Mode (set for User Mode) is active, Answer Phone setting for User Mode (

P.18-7) is prioritized.

2 C a l l 2-15 Playing Messages Call Data P.1-21) When a new message is recorded, Event Indicator appears (

in Standby. 1 Select indicator 2 Select a message Playback starts. After playback ends, indicator disappears. Note

Alternatively, press Main Menu Tools Sound Recorders Voice Call Data or Video Call Data Select a recording in Standby (for Voice Call messages) or TBD Record one Voice Call (up to 3 minutes). Record up to 5 Video Calls (up to 20 seconds for message).

Recording Calls 1 During a call, press and hold Recording starts. 2 To end recording, Note

[Stop] or press and hold Alternatively, record a Voice Call by following the steps:

start and to end

[Rec] to Checking Call Data Main Menu Tools Sound Recorders 1 Voice Calls Voice Call Data Call Data 2 Video Calls Video Call Data Select a Call Data Call Data is played back. 2 C a l l 2-16 Answer Phone/Call Data Functions From Main Menu Tools Sound Recorders Optional Services Overview

Set Ring Time

ON Select an answer message Enter Select Answer Message/

Answer Phone Setting ring time When Answer Phone and Optional Service (Voice Mail or Call Forwarding) are both active, function with shorter ring time takes priority. For example, if Answer Phone ring time is 18 seconds and Optional Service is 20 seconds, Answer Phone responds first (Priority may change due to signal conditions.). Even when Answer Phone is prioritized, Call Forwarding or Voice Mail takes priority when maximum number of recorded Answer Phone messages reaches. Delete Recorded Call Data Voice Call Data or Video Call Data (Highlight an item)

[Menu] Erase this, Erase rec. msg., Erase Call Data* or Erase all YES

* Video Call Data only

For details, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). Call Forwarding

Right) Forward unanswerable calls to a preset number when handset is off, out-of-range, etc. Unanswered calls are forwarded to Voice Mail Center as set or when handset is off, out-of-

range, engaged, etc.

Place the current call on hold and answer a second, or alternate between calls. Restrict incoming/outgoing Voice Calls/Video Calls and SMS messages Missed Call Notification (

P.2-19) Show or hide your number when calling. Voice Mail

P.2-18) P.2-20) Call Waiting*

Call Barring P.2-20)

Caller ID P.2-21)

* Separate subscription required. 2 C a l l 2-17 Cancel Call Forwarding Main Menu Settings Call Settings Voice Mail/Call Fwding

Deactivate All YES Note

Toll free numbers and international call numbers cannot be saved as a destination number. When using Call Forwarding together with Answer Phone, the function with shorter ring time takes priority (Priority may change due to signal conditions.). When is ringing (within ring time):

Ringer ON is set, following operations are available while 940P To answer call:

To forward call:

[Menu] Call Forwarding 2 C a l l Call Forwarding

Call Forwarding and Voice Mail cannot be set simultaneously. When forwarding Video Calls, set a destination phone that supports 3G-324M standard video calls. If not, Video Calls are not forwarded. Activating Call Forwarding Main Menu Settings Call Settings

Voice Mail/Call Fwding Call Forwarding ON 1 Select a type 2 Enter a destination phone number

to select number from Phone Book. 3 Select an item (See below) Item Ringer ON Ringer OFF Operation/Description Forward missed calls Select a ring time Forward all calls without ringing/vibrating YES

YES Check Call Forwarding Status Main Menu Settings Call Settings Voice Mail/Call Fwding

Get Status 2-18 Voice Mail

Calls are forwarded to Voice Mail Center via Call Forwarding function;

Call Forwarding and Voice Mail cannot be set simultaneously. Voice Mail is not available for Video Calls.

Activating Voice Mail Main Menu Settings Call Settings

Voice Mail/Call Fwding Voice Mail ON 1 Select an item (See below) Item Ringer ON Ringer OFF Operation/Description Forward missed calls Select a ring time Forward all calls without ringing/vibrating YES

YES Note

When using Voice Mail together with Answer Phone, the function with shorter ring time takes priority (Priority may change due to signal conditions.). When is ringing (within ring time):

Ringer ON is set, following operations are available while 940P To answer call:

To forward call:

[Menu] Call Forwarding Checking Voice Mail Messages appear in Standby when P.1-21) and Event Indicator (

new messages are recorded. 1

Select indicator YES Follow voice guidance.

Indicator and are checked. disappear after messages TBD Check Voice Mail Status Main Menu

Get Status Cancel Voice Mail Main Menu

Deactivate All YES

Settings Call Settings Voice Mail/Call Fwding

Settings Call Settings Voice Mail/Call Fwding View Details View callers' phone numbers and date/time Voice Mail messages were left before playing messages.

Missed Call Notification beforehand (

Activate P.2-20). 2 C a l l 2-19

Voice Mail Notif. Main Menu Settings Call Settings Voice Mail/Call Fwding Indicator Delete P.2-20).

Delete Voice Mail Icon YES Note

Alternatively, follow these steps to check Voice Mail:

Main Menu Settings Call Settings

Voice Mail/Call Fwding Listen to Voice Mail YES Missed Call Notification When Missed Call Notification function is active, Event Indicator appears for calls missed while 940P was off, out-of range, engaged etc.

Available only when Voice Mail is active. Main Menu Settings Call Settings Missed Call Notifi. 1 YES 940P connects to the Network.

Follow voice guidance. When Calls are Received while Missed Call Notification is Active Event Indicator appears for missed calls when 940P is turned on or comes into range. Select indicator to view Missed Calls.

indicator appears when Voice TBD Voice mail Mail messages are recorded (

Left). 2 C a l l 2-20 Call Waiting Activating/Canceling Call Waiting Main Menu Settings Call Settings Call Waiting 1 Activate or Deactivate YES Current status appears. Check Call Waiting Status Main Menu

Get Status

Settings Call Settings Call Waiting Answering Second Call 1 When tone sounds, to alternate between calls.

to disconnect active call.

to re-engage the party on hold. When the party hangs up, active call ends. When a second call comes in while first call is on hold, hold status is canceled and first call resumes. Reject Second Call When tone sounds,

[Menu] Call Rejection Get Status 2 Activate or Deactivate YES 3 Enter Security Code Check Call Barring Status After Step 1, Cancel All Call Barring In Step 1, Change In Step 1, new Security Code Reenter Security Code Note

Cancel All Barring Enter Security Code Security Code Set Security Code Enter current Security Code Enter

Emergency numbers (110, 119, 118) are dialable even while Call Barring for outgoing calls is active. If call is attempted when Call Barring is active, warning message appears. It may take longer to appear in some areas. Check Call Barring settings if the message does not appear. Note

When Voice Mail or Call Forwarding is set to Waiting is active, unanswered calls are transferred to Voice Mail Center or the forwarding number. When Voice Mail or Call Forwarding is set to is disabled. Ringer OFF, Call Waiting Ringer ON while Call

Call Barring

Bar All Outgoing and Bar All Incoming are not available when Call Forwarding or Voice Mail is active (Call Forwarding or Voice Mail takes priority). Security Code is required (

P.1-28).

Activating/Deactivating Call Barring Main Menu Settings Call Settings Call Barring 1 Select an item (See below) Item Bar All Outgoing Bar All Int'l Bar Int'l Bar All Incoming Bar All Roaming Operation/Description Restrict all non-emergency calls Allow only domestic calls Restrict all international calls except to Japan Reject all calls Reject calls when outside Japan 2 C a l l 2-21 Caller ID

<Default> Network Set Main Menu Settings Call Settings

Show My Number Activate 1 ON, OFF or Network Set

Network Set Caller ID setting varies by subscription.

Settings Call Settings Show My Number Check Caller ID Status Main Menu

Check Setting Note

Alternatively, enter these numbers/symbols before the phone number to show or hide Caller ID:

Show:

or Hide:

or 2 C a l l 2-22 Text Entry Text Entry .............................................................. 3-2 Entering Text ......................................................... 3-3 Entering Characters ....................................................................3-3 Pictographs & Symbols ...............................................................3-4 Smileys .......................................................................................3-5 Templates ...................................................................................3-6 Additional Features.....................................................................3-6 Conversion Methods (Japanese) ........................... 3-7 Predictive Conversion .................................................................3-7 Converting Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumerics ........................3-9 Narrowing Down Predictive Candidates by Number of Characters 3-9 Editing Text ......................................................... 3-10 Deleting & Replacing ................................................................3-10 Copy/Cut/Paste .........................................................................3-10 User's Dictionary ................................................ 3-11 Saving User's Dictionary Entries ................................................3-11 Download Dictionary .......................................... 3-11 Activating Downloaded Dictionaries ..........................................3-11 3 3-1 Text Entry Enter alphanumerics, hiragana, kanji, katakana, symbols and pictographs.

Three types of character input methods are available: Mode 1 (5-touch), Mode 2 (2-touch), Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) In this guide, examples are described in Mode 1 (5-touch). Mode 2 (2-touch)/Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) Press two numeric keys to enter a character.

P.19-15 to 17) List of Key Assignments (

Help Help describes text entry operations. In text entry window,

[Menu] Help Select an item TBD

Character Input Methods

: Mode 2 (2-touch)

: Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) No icon appears for Mode 1 (5-touch).

Input Modes*

abc: Alphanumerics 123: Numbers

: Kanji (hiragana)

: Katakana

Double-byte/Single-byte*

1/1: Double-byte 1/2: Single-byte

Remaining/Maximum Bytes in Message

* Operations in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch):

P.19-17 Operations Press and hold

[Mode]

Operations

[Mode]

Operations

[Menu] 2bytes character

(1byte character) 3 T e x t E n t r y 3-2 Entering Text Entering Characters Example: Enter 1 In alphanumerics mode, twice to switch to kanji (hiragana) mode

* When the next character is on the same key, press three times

* twice three times cursor. 2 to enter Predictive Candidates List

To change word before converting, press

There are four types of word suggestion lists: Predictive Candidates, Conversion Candidates, Context Forecast and abc/123/Kana Candidates

P.3-6) 3 to select Other Input Functions Enter katakana/

alphanumerics Enter small kana

(, , etc.)

[Mode] several times to select Press an input mode Enter characters Enter a character small character

Alternatively, press a key repeatedly to enter an assigned small kana. to convert to TBD Enter upper case characters Enter a character

Alternatively, press a key repeatedly to enter an assigned upper case character. Add or first to move Enter a character to add or for or twice for

In single-byte katakana mode, and are entered as a single-byte character. Insert line break Insert space at end of text

[Line FD] to insert line Press breaks in text TBD Insert space within text repeatedly until single-byte Press space appears*, or Pictograms/symbols Space to enter a space (Double-byte (single-byte) space is entered in 2 bytes (1 byte) input mode.)

[Menu] Toggle characters in reverse order

[Rev]

Example: From c, press to toggle as follows: c b a 2 Move cursor to beginning/

end of sentence Undo

* Space cannot be entered within text in number mode by following the or To end

[Undo]

[Menu] Jump To beginning steps above. Use symbol list. 3 T e x t E n t r y 3-3 Pictograph/Symbol List Log

In symbol list log, single-byte symbols appear in upper half of list log and double-byte in lower half. In S! Mail text entry window, pictograph list log shows pictographs in upper half and My Pictograms in lower half.

Pictograph Indicators Universal pictographs TBD Full pictographs TBD My Pictograms TBD TBD Pictographs & Symbols

Pictographs do not appear in messages sent to incompatible SoftBank handsets or e-mail. Symbol List:

P.19-18

1 Pictographs 3 T e x t E n t r y Symbols Press and hold

, or when pictograph list is open, List Log may appear first. Pictograph List Number Symbol List Number TBD TBD

Functions Available in Pictograph/Symbol List (

P.3-5) to select a pictograph or symbol 2 3-4 Functions Available in Pictograph/Symbol List In pictograph list,

[Switch]

) Universal Toggle lists: (Log pictographs 1 Full pictographs My Pictograms 2 Alternatively, toggle lists by pictograph list number (1-9,0)

[Switch]

In symbol list,

) Single-byte Toggle lists: (Log symbols Double-byte symbols Alternatively, toggle lists by symbol list number (1-3)

In pictograph/symbol list, IIn pictograph/symbol list, In pictograph, In symbol list,

[Symbol]

[Pict.]

[Next]

[Prev.]

Toggle pictograph lists Toggle symbol lists Jump to next page Jump to previous page Toggle pictograph/symbol list Toggle full screen/standard screen Close list 1 In messages only 2 In S! Mail Text field only Note

In number mode, follow the steps to show pictograph list:

Pictograms/symbols Pictograms If there are no data in folder corresponding to assigned number, pressing number key does not change pictograph list.

[Menu]

Smileys 1 In test entry window, symbols Smiley

[Menu] Pictograms/

2 Select a smiley

To show next/previous page:

[Next]/

[Prev.]

3 T e x t E n t r y 3-5

Manage Template Folders

In Step 1, highlight a category Edit folder name To reset folder name,

[Menu] Reset name YES

[Menu] Edit folder name In text entry window, Additional Features 1 2 Select an item (See below)

[Menu] Input assistance Item Kuten Code Input date/

time Quote phone book Quote accnt detls Operation/Description P.19-19) Enter a character code (4 digits) Enter a character code (

Select a style to enter date/time Quote Phone Book entry detail Select a display style Select an entry

[Finish]

Enter date/time

Check item(s) to quote Quote Account Details Enter Phone Password

[Finish]

Check item(s) to quote Bar code reader Activate Bar Code Reader to insert scanned result

P.12-11) Templates Insert templates (greetings, URLs, emoticons) or edit preinstalled templates. Inserting Templates 1 In text entry window, press and hold

Not available in number mode. 2 Select a category Select a template Note

Alternatively, in a text entry window,

Templates to enter a template

[Menu] Input assistance Editing Templates Main Menu Tools Templates/Users Dic. Templates 1 Select a category 2 Highlight a template Reset Edited Templates After Step 1, (highlight a template Reset all ( For Reset all, enter Phone Password) YES

[Edit] Edit template

[Menu] Reset this or

) 3 T e x t E n t r y 3-6 Note

940P learns entered characters and suggests them for future conversions (

P.3-8). Tip Settings Set Learning Feature Off for Secret Mode/Secret Data Only Delete All Learned Words (

P.18-10) Conversion Methods (Japanese) Predictive Conversion The following suggestion lists appear while entering text or after a word is fixed. Predictive Candidates

(Pre-text Predict) Lists likely conversions used for beginning of text Example: , , etc. Before Entering Text*

While Entering Text Predictive Candidates Conversion Candidates abc/123/Kana Candidates Lists likely conversions (Predictive Candidates) and matching conversions

(Conversion Candidates) Predictive Candidates , , etc. Conversion Candidates , , etc. Suggests matching conversions Example: , , etc. Lists alphanumerics/katakana assigned to key (

P.3-7) Suggests words likely to follow Example: is fixed , , , etc. Context Forecast After a Word is Fixed

* Shown when message text field is open.

Predictions change with each letter entered. Press Conversion Candidates List. Predictive Candidates

[Pred.]/[Conv.] to toggle Predictive Candidates List and Time Season Predict function preferentially shows word suggestions according to current season and time.

Text Expression function shows formal or informal word suggestions

P.18-12). 3 T e x t E n t r y 3-7 Example: Enter 1 In kanji (hiragana) mode, is entered and Predictive Candidates List appears. 2 3 4 5 to move to Predictive Candidates List is entered and Context Forecast List appears. to select to move to Context Forecast to select List is entered and Context Forecast List appears.

is entered and Predictive Candidates List appears.

[Conv.]

Conversion Candidates List appears. TBD TBD 6 to move to Conversion Candidates List to select TBD to return to hiragana, and segment hiragana to convert If the Word is Not Listed Press separately. Example: Segment into and , then convert to Move cursor to , then convert to Convert to Using Previously Entered Words Enter the first one or two hiragana to access previously entered words in the list. 3 T e x t E n t r y 3-8 Converting Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumerics Enter katakana and alphanumerics in kanji (hiragana) mode. Date and time can be entered quickly. Example 1: Enter OK Step 2 4 1 3 Key

(3 times) Display

[a1Kana]

(twice) abc/123/Kana Candidates OK

Press after highlighting OK. Example 2: Enter 10/30, 10:30 or 1030 Step Key 1 2

[a1Kana]

3 Display abc/123/Kana Candidates 10/30 10:30 or 1030

Press after highlighting 10/30, 10:30 or 1030 Narrowing Down Predictive Candidates by Number of Characters In kanji (hiragana) mode, narrow down Predictive Candidates by specifying number of characters. Example: Show word suggestions of seven or more characters starting with 1 Enter 3 T e x t E n t r y 2

(five times) Word suggestions of seven or more characters appear.

to change number of characters

To show word suggestions of only seven characters:

[Change]

TBD TBD 3-9 Editing Text Deleting & Replacing 1 Delete Characters within Lines Place cursor before a character A character after cursor is deleted.

Press and hold to delete all characters after cursor. Delete Characters from the End of Text Place cursor at the end of text A character before cursor is deleted.

Press and hold to delete all characters before cursor. 2 Enter another character Copy/Cut/Paste Copy/cut text to save, then paste to another place. 1 In text entry window, 2 Select Text to Copy/Cut Place cursor before (or after) text to select

[Menu] Copy or Cut

[Start] Place cursor after (or before) text

[End]

Select All

[All]

[End]

3 Place cursor at target location Paste

[Menu] 3 T e x t E n t r y 3-10 User's Dictionary Save frequently used words/phrases (up to 100 entries). Saved words/phrases appear among word suggestions. Saving User's Dictionary Entries 1 In text entry window, Text entry setting User's Dictionary

[Menu] 2 <New>

3 Enter a word Enter reading Edit User's Dictionary Entries After Step 1, highlight a word Delete User's Dictionary Entries After Step 1,

( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES Note

Alternatively,

User's Dictionary

[Edit] Edit word Edit reading

[Menu] Delete Delete this or Delete all Main Menu Tools Templates/Users Dic. Download Dictionary Download dictionaries from P-egg, a download site for 940P users (see below). Activate downloaded dictionaries to add character conversions to conversion suggestions (Japanese).

P-egg (as of October 2009) Main Menu Yahoo! Bookmarks Panasonic P-egg Activating Downloaded Dictionaries 3 T e x t E n t r y Main Menu Tools Templates/Users Dic.

Download Dictionary 1 Select a dictionary appears next to active dictionary.

To cancel: follow the same step

[Menu] Edit title Edit

Change Title In Step 1, highlight a dictionary View Details In Step 1, highlight a dictionary Delete Dictionaries In Step 1, (highlight a dictionary) Delete all ( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES

[Menu] Dictionary info

[Menu] Delete this or 3-11 Phone Book Overview .............................................................. 4-2 Saving to Phone Book .......................................... 4-3 Phone Book Entry Items ..............................................................4-3 Create New Entry .......................................................................4-3 Other Ways to Add New Entries ..................................................4-5 Setting Groups ...........................................................................4-6 Searching/Using Phone Book ................................ 4-6 Making Calls from Phone Book ...................................................4-6 Using Phone Book ......................................................................4-7 Managing Phone Book ......................................... 4-9 Editing Phone Book Entries .........................................................4-9 Deleting Phone Book Entries .......................................................4-9 Copying/Deleting Phone Book Data ............................................4-9 Phone Book Memory Status ........................................................4-9 S! Addressbook Back-up..................................... 4-10 Manual Synchronization ...........................................................4-11 Auto Synchronization ................................................................4-11 Viewing Sync Log .....................................................................4-11 Account Details .................................................. 4-12 Editing Account Details .............................................................4-12 Account Details Functions .........................................................4-12 Voice Dial ............................................................ 4-13 Adding Entries to Voice Dial ......................................................4-13 Searching Entries by Voice Dial ..................................................4-13 4 4-1 Overview Save frequently used phone numbers and mail addresses to Phone Book. Supplement phone numbers and mail addresses with birthday, street address, an image or notes. Set tones/image for each entry. Sort entries into Groups. TBD TBD TBD Note

Back-up Important Information Keep a separate copy of Phone Book entry information. When battery is exhausted or removed for extended periods, entries may be lost. Handset damage may also affect data recovery. SoftBank is not liable for damages from lost/altered entries. Tip Backing up to microSD Card (

P.9-19) 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-2 Saving to Phone Book Phone Book Entry Items Save up to 1000 entries in Phone Book. Save phone numbers or mail addresses etc. in USIM Card Phone Book.

Up to 50 entries can be saved to USIM Card Phone Book. Phone Book Entry Items B a s i c i t e m I i n c o m n g S e t t i n g s Name (Reading) Group Phone number Mail address Address Location information Birthday Memo Image Memory number Ringtone Vibrator Notification Light Screen Msg Ringtone Msg Vibrator Msg Notif. Light Answer message 940P 19 4 3 100 000 - 999 USIM Card 10 2 1

: Can be saved

: Cannot be saved Phone Book entries in USIM Card can also be used in another SoftBank handset. Create New Entry Save new entries to 940P or USIM Card Phone Book.

Save Settings to USIM or When saving to USIM Card Phone Book, set Ask Every Time beforehand (

1 Press and hold 2 Enter Last name P.18-11). Enter First name

For 940P Phone Book, to switch Basic item and Incoming Settings tabs. 4 P h o n e B o o k TBD 940P Phone Book 3 Select an item (See below) Item Name

(First/Last) Reading

(First/Last) Operation/Description Enter name Save first and last names separately. For USIM Card, enter both names together Save readings automatically by entering name. For USIM Card, enter both readings together To change reading, edit Next Page 4-3 4 P h o n e B o o k Item Group Phone number Mail address Address Location information Operation/Description Save as a group member. Entries can be searched by the group.

Select a group Change group name or set ringtone by the group (

Enter phone number (

For 940P, select an icon) P.4-6).

Enter mail address (

Save only phone number if mail address is "phone number@softbank.ne.jp".

For 940P, select an icon) Save zip code, country/region, prefecture, city, number/

street and additional information Select an item Office For entering other information,

Enter each information Home or

[Return]

Identify handset location and save information. Also, save location record selected from location logs Select an item By position loc. YES Check information

[Set]

(To show information while positioning: When [Use]

[OK]. To appears at lower right of display, press retry positioning:

[Retry]) From loc. history Select a location record to save Birthday Memo Enter birthday Enter memo 4-4 Operation/Description Save a still image to appear for incoming calls Select an item Shoot image Frame subject Select image

Select a folder Select a file

[Record]/

[Save]/

Saved still image appears for an incoming call only when Phone Book Image (

image saved for Screen, the image preferentially appears. Enter memory number P.18-7) is ON. If there is an

Select a type Select a folder Ring Tones Select a ringtone Select vibrator Select illumination

Select a pattern

Select a pattern Item Image Memory number Ring tone Vibrator Notification Light Screen*

Select a screen type Select a folder SEL picture

Select an image Saved still image appears for an incoming call whether Phone Book Image is ON or OFF. Phone Book Image setting applies only when still image is saved for Image. Msg Ringtone Ring Tones

Select a type Select a folder Select a ringtone Select vibrator Select illumination

Select a pattern

Select a pattern Select answer message

Select a message Msg Vibrator Msg Notif. Light Answer message

* To cancel: Select RLS picture Note

[Menu] from a function. If Add to Phone Book appears, Press the information is savable to Phone Book. From a text message window, select Add Address to save entries; from still image list/still image, select Set display Phone Book to save entries. When saving new entries in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, entries are saved to handset regardless of Save Settings.

4

[Finish]

Other Ways to Add New Entries Save currently displayed phone numbers, mail addresses, still images or location information to Phone Book. Example: Saving Numbers from Incoming Call Logs 1

Highlight a record

[Menu] Add to Phone Book 2 New Entry New Enter details (

Step 3 on P.4-4) Add to Existing Entry Add Select entry Enter other details

Step 3 on P.4-4) When saving to USIM Card, Overwrite appears instead of Add. 3 When complete,

[Finish] ( YES) 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-5 Setting Groups Sort entries by Group. Custom set ringtones/vibrators/

notifications per group. Main Menu Phone Book Group

appears for USIM Card Group. 1 Highlight a group Set item

Enter group name for "

For other item operations:

Custom settings unavailable for USIM Card Groups. Group name."

P.4-4

[Edit] Select an item

[Finish]

2 When complete,

Check Settings Select a group entry, or Settings cannot be checked in USIM Card Group Phone Book. Reset Group Setting Highlight a group

[Menu] Reset group YES

[Menu] Check setting

Note

Custom settings unavailable for USIM Card Groups. Individually set ringtones are prioritized over those set for groups. 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-6 Searching/Using Phone Book Making Calls from Phone Book

<Default> A-KA-SA-TA-NA 1 2 Search Phone Book (See below)

To change search method:

(See below)

Select a search method Operation/Description Search Method A-KA-SA-TA-

NA

Highlight a reading page Alternatively, enter partial reading Enter partial reading Select a group Search entries by katakana syllabary. Names saved in Roman characters are saved under the tab.

Enter memory (entry) number to search for an entry Reading Group Memory Number*

Name Phone Number Mail Address 2-touch Dial* Show entries with memory (entry) numbers 000 - 009

* 940P Phone Book only Enter a memory number Enter partial name Enter partial phone number Enter partial mail address

3 Select an entry 4 5 Voice Calls Highlight a phone number Video Calls Highlight a phone number

[V. Call]

Using Phone Book Use Phone Book Entries

Highlight an entry

(See below)

[Menu] Select an item

(not available in Reading or Memory Number method, Note

To scroll through entries, enter nothing and press Group or 2-touch Dial). If no matches are found in entries closest to condition appear. Once a method is selected, same method retains.

Additional Search/Dialing Methods Open Tab Assigned to Key from Standby Enter Partial Number from Standby or during Call By Memory Number By Single-digit Memory Number (2-touch Dial) Press and hold Open search window assigned to key. Enter partial number

Enter a memory number

) of memory Enter last digit (

number 000-009 Voice Call:

Video Call:

[V. Call]

Item New Sort 1 Send Ir data 2 IC transmission 2 Send to Bluetooth 2 Copy to microSD 2 Operation/Description From Step 2 on P.4-3) Add a new entry (

Change display order

Select an order P.10-3) P.10-5)

P.10-9) Copy an entry to microSD Card YES

To display copied data:

P.4-10) P.9-18

Follow steps for selected option P.4-9) Select an item

S!

Addressbook BkUp Delete phone book Character size Set secret mode/

Release secret 2 1 Available only when search method (

Number or Mail Address 2 Not available in USIM Card Phone Book P.11-9). Switch character size to large/standard Set/cancel Secret Mode for selected entry

Entries saved as secret data appear only when Secret Mode or Secret Data Only is active

P.4-6) is set to Name, Phone 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-7 Use Entry Details

Select an entry Item

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description P.2-3) P.2-3) Show/hide caller ID (

Set International dial assist (

Make a call using a prefix number (

Notify caller ID Prefix numbers Int'l dial assist Restrictions* Activate restrictions on specified entry (

Edit Phone Book Delete phone book From Step 3 on P.4-4) Edit entry (

P.2-10)

P.11-10) or Delete this YES Phone number Item names vary by selected item:

Mail address/Address/Location info/Birthday/

Memo/Image Create a shortcut (

P.1-22) From Step 4 on P.13-4) Create a message to mail address of selected entry

Create an SMS message to phone number of selected entry (

Message can be sent to SoftBank handsets only. P.10-3) P.10-5) From Step 4 on P.13-7) P.10-9) Add shortcut icon Compose S! Mail Compose SMS Send Ir data* (

IC

transmission*

Send to Bluetooth*

4 P h o n e B o o k 4-8 Item S!

Addressbook BkUp Copy to microSD*

Copy names Copy phone numbers Operation/Description

P.4-10) To display copied data:

Copy an entry to microSD Card YES

Copy a name Copy an item

P.9-18 Item names vary by selected item. Copy mail add./Copy address/Copy location info/

Copy birthday/Copy memo Switch character size to large/standard Set/cancel Secret Mode for selected entry

Entries saved as secret data appear only when Secret Mode or Secret Data Only is active

P.11-9). Character size Set secret mode/

Release secret*

Copy to USIM/

Copy from USIM

* Not available in USIM Card Phone Book Copy an entry to USIM Card YES Note

Insert entry details to a message (

P.3-5).

Select an entry Managing Phone Book Editing Phone Book Entries 1 2 Edit (

Deleting Phone Book Entries 1

Highlight an entry From Step 3 on P.4-4) YES

[Edit]

Delete phone book

[Menu] 2 Select an item (See below) Item Delete this Delete select Delete all in tab*

Delete all Operation/Description YES

[Finish] YES

[Menu] Select all in tab*, Select all, Check entries to delete

Release all in tab* or Release all to check/uncheck all entries at a time YES Delete all entries (940P/USIM Card Phone Book) including Secret Mode entries Enter Phone Password

YES YES

* Available in A-KA-SA-TA-NA, Reading, Group and Memory Number search methods (

P.4-6) Copying/Deleting Phone Book Data Main Menu Phone Memory Manager 1 Enter Phone Password 2 Select an item (See below) Item Copy Delete Operation/Description Copy to USIM Copy data between 940P/USIM Card Phone Book Delete data in 940P/USIM Card Phone Book or Copy from USIM or USIM Phone 3 Phone Book Select an entry*

* To clear, repeat operation.

[Finish] YES 4 Phone Book Memory Status Main Menu Phone Memory Status View 940P/USIM Card Phone Book memory status. 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-9 S! Addressbook Back-up Back up Phone Book entries to S! Addressbook (network server); synchronize 940P Phone Book with S! Addressbook;

restore Phone Book after accidental loss/alteration.

Notes Separate subscription is required for this service.

appears). deletes all 940P Phone Book contents. Following items cannot Fully charge battery beforehand (

Transmission fees apply to synchronization, backup and restoration. Restore be updated: Ringtone, Vibrator, Notification Light, Picture, Answer message. Subscription to the service activates Auto Sync Settings during network information retrieval to back up edited Phone Book entries. Note that initiating network information retrieval activates Auto Sync Settings even when Auto Sync Settings are OFF. When contract is terminated, check if Auto Sync Settings are OFF (

S! Addressbook is deleted upon contract termination. Addresses saved in Address field on 940P Phone Book are saved to building name field in S! Addressbook. When number of characters saved in S! Addressbook exceeds maximum number of characters savable on 940P Phone Book, excess characters do not appear on 940P Phone Book. P.4-12). Synchronization/Back-up/Restoration

Be careful of back-up/restoration timing or selecting a synchronization direction. When no 940P Phone Book entries exist, executing regular update or selecting Sync from Client or Backup deletes S! Addressbook. When no S! Addressbook entries exist, executing regular update or selecting Sync from Server or Restore deletes all 940P Phone Book entries.

Capacity Disparities

When the number of savable items varies between 940P Phone Book and S! Addressbook, synchronization reflects lower limit. Transfer to New Handsets

S! Addressbook Back-up-compatible 3G Handsets: Data remains. Other 3G Handsets: Service subscription and data remains, but data is not accessible via handset (accessible via PCs). V3/V4/V5/V6/V8 Series: Service subscription is terminated and data is deleted.

4 P h o n e B o o k 4-10 Manual Synchronization Auto Synchronization Regular Update Update S! Addressbook and 940P Phone Book with changed contents. Main Menu Phone S! Addressbook BkUp 1 Start Sync Updating by Selecting Sync Type Main Menu Phone S! Addressbook BkUp Details

Backup/Restore 1 Select an item (See below) Operation/Description Send data changed in 940P Phone Book to S! Addressbook Delete all S! Addressbook entries and save 940P Phone Book to S! Addressbook Send data changed in S! Addressbook to 940P Phone Book Delete all 940P Phone Book entries and save S! Addressbook to 940P Phone Book Item Sync from Client Backup Sync from Server Restore 2 YES Main Menu Phone S! Addressbook BkUp Details

Auto Sync Settings 1 ON

2 Select an item (See below) To cancel, select OFF Item Operation/Description Every month Synchronize monthly at specified time of the date Every week Enter a date

Set start time Synchronize weekly at specified time of day

Enter start time Select a day After Editing PB Synchronize ten minutes after editing 3 Select a Sync Type YES View Auto Sync Settings In Step 1, Confirm Settings Viewing Sync Log Main Menu Phone S! Addressbook BkUp Details

Sync Log 1 Select a log Delete Sync Log In Step 1, (highlight a log

( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES

[Menu] Delete this or Delete all 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-11 Item Send Ir data IC transmission Copy to microSD Erase phone number*

Operation/Description Send details via Infrared (

Alternatively, while Account Details is open, press P.10-3)

[Ir]. Send details via IC transmission (

Alternatively, while Account Details is open, press P.10-5)

[ICtrans]. P.9-18 Copy details to microSD Card YES

To display copied data:

Account Details is saved as a Phone Book entry. Select an item Delete items saved in Account Details Item names vary by selected item. Erase mail add./Erase address/Erase birthday/

Erase memorandums/Delete image

YES Reset*

Reset all Account Details except your subscribing phone number YES

* Enter Phone Password if required. Note

Quote a content from Account Details to a message (

P.3-5). Account Details Save phone number, mail address, street address, etc. in Account Details.

Editing Account Details 1 2 3 Enter Phone Password Edit

[Edit]

Your subscribing phone number cannot be edited or deleted.

[Finish]

Account Details Functions In Account Details, press

[Menu] for following operations. Operation/Description Item Edit*

Character size Display all data*

Copy names Copy phone numbers Edit Account Details (

Switch character size to large/standard From Step 3 above) View all saved items such as phone numbers and mail addresses Copy a name Copy an item

Item names vary by selected item. Copy mail add./Copy address/Copy birthday/

Copy notepad 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-12 Searching Entries by Voice Dial 1 Press and hold

Say a Voice Dial name Say the name within four seconds after voice recognition tone sounds. Once Voice Dial is recognized, result appears.

[Detail] to show phone number 2 3 Voice Calls Highlight phone number Video Calls Highlight phone number

[V. Call]

Tip Settings Activate Voice Dial Automatically Activate Voice Dial via Earphone or Bluetooth Device (

P.18-11) Voice Dial Make a call by saying a voice dial name. Note

Keep microphone about 10 cm away from your mouth, and pronounce a Voice Dial name clearly. If microphone is too distant, your voice may not be recognized. Avoid making sounds unrelated to Voice Dial names (clearing your throat, clicking your tongue, heavy breathing, etc.). Say Voice Dial names in quiet places. Avoid pressing or brushing keys, or covering microphone with fingers when pronouncing a Voice Dial name.

Adding Entries to Voice Dial Main Menu Phone Settings Voice Dial 1 <New> Select a Phone Book entry Entries with are already saved in Voice Dial list. 2 Enter a Voice Dial name

Only katakana entry is available for Voice Dial names. Edit Voice Dial Names In Step 1, highlight a Voice Dial name Delete Voice Dial Entries In Step 1, (highlight a Voice Dial name or Delete all YES

[Edit] Edit name YES

[Menu] Delete this 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-13 4 P h o n e B o o k 4-14 Digital TV Basics .................................................................... 5-2 Initial Setup .......................................................... 5-4 Channel Settings ........................................................................5-4 Watching TV .......................................................... 5-5 Indicators ...................................................................................5-6 Program List (Japanese) ..............................................................5-7 Data Broadcast (Japanese) ..........................................................5-7 Functions while Viewing TV.........................................................5-7 TV Links (Japanese) ............................................ 5-10 Saving TV Links ........................................................................5-10 Opening TV Links ......................................................................5-10 Functions Available in TV Link List .............................................5-10 Recording/Playing Programs .............................. 5-11 Recording Current Program.......................................................5-11 Capturing Screenshots ..............................................................5-11 Playing Recorded Programs.......................................................5-12 Viewing Captured Screenshots ..................................................5-13 Timer........................................................................................5-13 5 5-1 Basics 940P supports One Seg terrestrial digital TV broadcasting.

Operation descriptions are based on Portrait View. One Seg One Seg is a digital TV broadcasting service for mobile phones. For more information, visit The Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcasting Website:

[PC] http://www.dpa.or.jp/

[Handset] http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/

(Japanese only) 5 i D g i t a l T V Features P.5-7) P.5-5) Watch TV Programs

View Data Broadcast

Record TV Programs P.5-12)

Set Timer P.5-14)

Watch One Seg Digital TV on handset. Access a variety of program-related information. Record program/capture still image while watching the program. Use Timer to view/record programs. You can easily set Timer by using Program List (

P.5-7). 5-2 P.18-14). ON by default. Mobile W-Speed Frame rate of Digital TV images are automatically enhanced. Enjoy smooth image flow (

Mobile W-Speed is set to When this function is set to be achieved. Depending on broadcasting condition, full effect of this function may not be achieved. Disabled during ECO Mode (

Disabled for playing back videos recorded with Mobile W-Speed set to ON. ON, full effect of Image Quality may not P.18-14) or AV output (

P.10-13).

Tip Use Other Functions while Viewing TV (

Precautions P.5-8)

Digital TV is available only in Japan. Incoming calls/messages may affect TV image or audio quality while TV is activated. Digital TV may be disabled if USIM Card is not installed or SoftBank subscription is terminated. SoftBank is not liable for damages from accidental loss/alteration of handset/microSD Card information. Data saved to handset (TV Links, Channel List, etc.) cannot be restored after repairs or handset replacement. Back up important information. Signal Reception Areas TV signal reception may be poor in the following conditions:

Too far from or close to broadcasting stations. Mountain areas or near tall buildings. In moving vehicles, underground, in tunnels, etc. Near high-voltage wires, neon lights, wireless base stations, railroad tracks or highways. Areas with numerous signal obstructions or areas where signal reception is blocked.

When Battery is Running Out

Warning tone sounds and warning message appears if Digital TV is activated with low battery. When battery runs low while programs are on or being recorded, handset operates as follows:

While Viewing Warning tone sounds, and confirmation appears. While Recording Response differs depending on Rec. When Low Battery

Continue Recording ... Warning tone does not sound and Stop Recording ...Warning tone sounds and confirmation appears. confirmation does not appear. P.18-14) setting. Incoming Transmissions TV pauses for incoming calls. Resume TV after call ends.

Incoming calls do not interfere with recording. Receiving Messages while Digital TV is Active Ringtone does not sound for incoming messages during TV viewing or recording. Notification Light flashes and ticker appears at top of window to notify of incoming messages. Viewing messages turns TV sound to background playback. Press

Notify of message sender information by ticker or hide ticker (Mail Ticker Display:

to return to previous window. P18-14). TV Antenna Extend TV Antenna for viewing Digital TV.

Do not force TV Antenna when rotating. Retract TV Antenna after viewing Digital TV.

Watching TV while charging may shorten battery life. If recording ends due to low battery, recorded portion is automatically saved. Pull out as far as it extends Rotate to adjust reception 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-3 Using Channel List From Main Menu TV Channel List

Set Channels Select a Channel List Channel List is set, and available channels appear. Select a channel to access the station. Delete Channel List Highlight a Channel List Selected Channel List cannot be deleted. Delete Channels from Channel List Highlight a Channel List

[Menu] Delete YES

[Menu] Delete YES

[Detail] Highlight a channel

Channels in selected Channel List cannot be deleted. Edit Title Highlight a Channel List Reassign a Remote Control Number (Keypad) to a Channel Highlight a Channel List Remote control # Select a channel Select a new remote control number

[Menu] Edit title Edit

[Finish] YES

[Menu]

[Detail]

Initial Setup Set channels for your area.

Up to ten Channel Lists can be saved. Set channels after extending TV Antenna. Main Menu TV Channel Setting Select Area 1 Select a region Select a prefecture 2 YES Note

If manual setup fails, try automatic channel setup (

940P detects a change in reception area after moving to a different area. Set Channel List for that area. Below). Channel Settings Automatic Channel Setup Main Menu TV Channel Setting Automatic 1 YES 2 After channel search, YES Enter title

If title is not entered, date (year/month/day/hour/minute) is automatically saved as title. 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-4 Watching TV

Set channels beforehand (

1 Viewer appears. P.5-4). Note

Main Menu TV Watch TV Alternatively, Rotate handset while viewing TV to switch Portrait/Landscape View. While Motion Control Setting (

to switch Portrait/Landscape View. P.18-6) is OFF, press Tip TBD Display Digital TV Images on a TV (

for Wireless Playback (

P.10-10) P.10-13) Use Bluetooth Device Viewer 2 Select a channel Direct Channel Access

(Channel 10)

(Channel 11)

(Channel 12) Previous/

Next Channel Channel Search 3 To end TV, Press and hold

To stop:

[Cancel] /

End TV

To play TV sound in the background:

Change to BGM 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-5 Indicators

Screenshots are provided for reference only. Actual handset windows differ in appearance. TBD Item Image Captions Data Broadcast Data Broadcast Mode Off timer ECO Mode Channel Signal Strength Level Receiving Captions Volume Description Operation

P.5-7) Data Broadcast Mode off Data Broadcast Mode on P.5-10) P.18-14) P.5-4) When multiple programs are available in the same broadcasting station,

"service number/total numbers"

appears.

StrongWeak Out of range

[TV/data] 2 Program Title Recorder Status 1 Display/Caption 2 TBD Recording Timer Set

Display: ON/OFF/Large Caption: ON/OFF Indicator/Caption 3 Indicators: ON/OFF Caption: Upper position/Lower position/OFF Indicator Display 1 Available only when Data Broadcast Mode is off2 Available only in Portrait View 3 Available only in Landscape View

1/

1 Adjust volume:

Mute/Resume:

P.5-11, P.5-13) 3

Each key press toggles settings.

Each key press toggles settings. 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-6 Program List (Japanese) Functions while Viewing TV Check program schedules and set timer to view/record TV programs. Main Menu TV Program List

Confirmation appears when using Program List for first time. Follow onscreen instructions. See Program List Help menu for usage information. View Program List while TV is Active Show Program Information while TV is Active Press and hold

[EPG] To return to Viewer,

[EPG]

Data Broadcast (Japanese) Access a variety of program-related information such as still images and videos.

1 Activate TV (Data Broadcast Mode off) Data Broadcast is not available in Landscape View.

[TV/data]

appears. To deactivate Data Broadcast Mode:

[TV/data]

to select information

Note

Viewing Data Broadcast information requires no fees: however, accessing websites will incur connection fees. Sound Settings While TV is active, Select an item (See below)

[Menu] Settings Sound Sound Effect Item Operation/Description Auto Volume Automatically increase to optimum volume Remaster Listening Equalizer ON or OFF Adjust sound quality to reproduce original sound ON or OFF Adjust to natural sound when using earphone or Bluetooth device Select an item Surround sound Natur 1 earphone to reproduce natural sound OFF

: Turn off Listening setting

: Reproduce natural and stereophonic or Natur 2: Complement sound specific to Change sound quality when using earphone or Bluetooth device

: Reproduce normal sound

: Enhance low-pitched sound

: Enhance low-pitched sound even more Normal H. BASS1 H. BASS2 Select an item Voice Train

: Make voice clear

: Minimize sound leakage 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-7 Other Functions While TV is active, follow the steps below. Functions Available while Viewing TV While TV is active,

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description Item Operation/Description

Press and hold To return to viewer: While Yahoo! Keitai is active, press and hold

Open Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser Follow onscreen instructions

Stand-by display Enter a number

(For Video Call,

Interrupt TV during call. After call, TV resumes. Recording will not be interrupted.

[V. Call])

Stand-by display

Program info View current program information Program list Disp.Ch./

operation 1 View Program List Select an item P.5-4) P.5-4)

: View Channel List (

: Set channels for your area

: View channel details. Select a Channel info channel to watch that Station Channel List Channel Setting

Add to ch. list List. Assign current station to lowest available number key. Tune service programs are available from the same broadcasting company

: Select a program when multiple

: Add current station to Channel 5 i D g i t a l T V Item Access Internet via Yahoo! Keitai Access Internet via PC Site Browser Make a Voice Call/Video Call Use Messaging 5-8 Item Data Broadcasting 1 Item Settings Operation/Description Select an item

: End Data Broadcast site and return Back to data BC to Data Broadcast window Reload contents

: Reload page (Data Broadcast link) Certificate

: View owner, author, validity period and serial number of certificate used in SSL communication Images sites Sound Effect Broadcast/sites Reset Settings Broadcast 2: Show/hide images on Data Broadcast 2: Turn on/off sounds from Data 2: Show confirmation on Data TV link list 1 Compose S! Mail Show TV Link details Create S! Mail while listening to sound (

on P.13-4) From Step 2 5 i D g i t a l T V Operation/Description Select an item

Switch TV/data BC 1:

Switch display 1: Switch P.5-7)

Icons 2: Set Indicator

AV output: View a Digital P.10-13)

Brightness: Set Back Light brightness

Mobile W-Speed 2: Enhance frame rate Display/operation view (switch image size/image off) Display/operation Toggle Data Broadcast Mode on/off (

Display/operation Display in Landscape View Display/operation TV image on a TV set or other devices (

Video Video of TV images automatically Video Video according to Back Light Sound Sound Sound when multiple audio data are supported ECO Mode 2: Set power saving mode (

Off timer

: When set time passes, confirmation appears asking whether to end viewing/recording TV

Sound Effect 2 (

Main/sub sound: Set main/sub sound

Switch audio data: Available only

Image Quality 2: Select an image quality

LCD AI: Activate image compensation P.18-14) P.5-8) View key operation guide while watching TV Key guide 1 Available only in Portrait View 2 Available from User Settings even while TV is not active (

P.18-14). 5-9 Functions Available in TV Link List Main Menu TV TV Link 1

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Display detail Show TV Link title, URL, summary, content type, expiration date No. of TVlink Show number of saved TV Links Delete Select an item Delete this Delete selected

YES

Check TV link(s) to delete

[Finish] YES Delete all

Enter Phone Password YES TV Links (Japanese) Saving TV Links Following function is not available in Landscape View.

1 Switch Data Broadcast Mode on Select a link 2 YES Follow onscreen instructions to save link. Opening TV Links Main Menu TV TV Link 1 Select a TV Link

Confirmation appears when Internet access is required. Select to proceed. If TV Link is expired, confirmation appears asking whether to delete link. YES 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-10 Capturing Screenshots Captured screenshots are saved to handset.

This feature is unavailable when signal strength is Mode is on. or Data Broadcast 1 Activate TV (Data Broadcast Mode off) press and hold Note

Captions cannot be captured. Capturing is disabled during AV output. Recording/Playing Programs Recording Current Program P.9-16 microSD Card:

Save up to 2GB of data at a time. Save programs as videos or still images. Recordings are saved to microSD Card.

Recording Time (total)* Approx. 640 minutes Savable Files

* Average recordable time per 2GB of data

1 Activate TV

[Record]

appears, and recording starts. 99 files Recording is unavailable when signal strength drops to 2

[Stop] to stop recording Program is saved to microSD Card. Note

File size is over 2GB microSD Card memory is full In the following cases, recording ends and recorded portion is automatically saved:

Recorded files are not saved to handset. Do not remove microSD Card while recording. Recording continues even if signal strength level is images and audio are not saved. Recording is disabled during AV output.

; however, 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-11 Playing Recorded Programs Main Menu Data Folder TV Video 1 Select a video Playback starts.

When a playback position is recorded to video, playback starts from the position.

[FromTop] to paly back from Press beginning. When selecting a video containing divided videos, select a video to play back from divided video list.

5 i D g i t a l T V to stop playback 2 Playback Operations Toggle Playback Speed View Title TBD Toggle Display Toggle View 3/Full Display Example: Video Folder

View)]

(Summary Summary View adjusts playback speed according to audio. Time bar also appears. Title also appears when views are switched.

Display title

In Landscape View, each key press toggles indicators (icons) and captions on/off.

(Each key press also switches time bar position regardless of whether caption is shown.)

When Data Broadcast Mode is off, each key press toggles views. When Data Broadcast Mode is on, each key press toggles normal/full display. Data Broadcast Mode On/Off 1 Unavailable if file is under 10 seconds long 2 Unavailable if file is under 30 seconds long 3 Available only when Motion Control Setting (

P.18-6) is OFF. In Landscape View, turn program title on. Volume Mute/Cancel Mute Fast Forward Fast Rewind Pause/Resume Play Frame by Frame Skip Rewind 1 Skip Forward 2 5-12

(Press once: 10x; Press twice: 30x)

(Press once: 10x; Press twice: 30x)

[Frame]

Play back frame by frame. Pause playback

Press and hold Press and hold

Viewing Captured Screenshots Main Menu Data Folder TV Image 1 Select an image Timer

Set up to 100 timer entries to watch or record programs. Main Menu TV 1 Timer Watching or Timer Recording 2

[New] Select an item (See below) Item Alarm tone 2 Alarms (Alarm on/off) 1 Alarms (Alarm volume) Activate TV w/ alarm 2 Priority 1 Operation/Description Select an alarm type alarm

Select a folder Select an ON or OFF For to adjust volume

Timer Recording, Escalating Tone cannot be set. ON or OFF

ON is set, Digital TV activates from alarm When notification window. or Operation Recording is set, active function suspends/

Set handset response when Timer Recording starts

Recording When ends, and recording starts. Operation is set, confirmation appears. When To suspend/end active function, select YES and start recording.

to Item Start date setting End date setting 1 Channel Edit title Repeat Operation/Description Set date and time to start and end viewing/recording a program

Enter a date and time

Select a date Enter date and Select an item Enter date Choose date time Select a channel Enter a program name Select a repetition

[Finish]

For Select day, select a day (days) Alarm (Alarm notice) 2 ON or ON/Set time For ON/Set time, select an alarm time 1 Timer Recording only 2 Timer Watching only 3

[Finish] For Timer Recording, select YES or YES (confirm once) 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-13 Note

[Edit] to edit details. Select timer entries to check details;

Timer Recording does not start if Internet and two other functions are active simultaneously. Alarm does not sound for Timer Watching/Timer Recording in following functions. For Timer Recording, complete followings (in parentheses) one minute before timer starts; otherwise, recording does not start. While handset is off (Turn on handset) While Privacy Key Lock is active (Cancel lock) While Personal Data Lock is active (Cancel/change lock) During data transfer (Complete transfer) During Infrared transmission, IC transmission or Bluetooth transmission (Complete transmission) During software update (Complete update) Other Timer Operations Main Menu TV 1 Timer Watching or Timer Recording 2

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item New Edit Sort Delete this Delete past Delete selected Delete all Memory Status*

Operation/Description P.5-14) P.5-14) Set a timer entry to watch/record a program (

Edit entry details (

Sort timer entries Select an order YES Timer entries with start/end time set prior to current date/

time are deleted YES Check timer entries to delete

[Finish] YES

Enter Phone Password Show memory status

YES

* Timer Recording only Checking Timer Recording Results Main Menu TV 1 Recording Result Select a result

Details appear. 5 i D g i t a l T V 5-14 Camera Before Using Camera ............................................ 6-2 Image File Formats .....................................................................6-2 Notes .........................................................................................6-3 Inside & Outside Camera ............................................................6-3 Camera Display Indicators ...........................................................6-4 Pictures/Videos ..................................................... 6-6 Capturing Still Images (Camera Mode) ........................................6-6 Recording Videos (Video Camera Mode) ......................................6-7 Functions Available while Shooting .............................................6-7 Focus Functions (Outside Camera) ..................... 6-11 Changing Focus Settings ...........................................................6-11 Auto Focus Lock .......................................................................6-12 Viewing Saved Images ....................................... 6-12 6 6-1 Before Using Camera 940P features approximately 8.1 Mega Pixel CMOS Auto-focus Camera capable of capturing still images and videos. Use Album-Touch ( P.6-15) to view or search still images captured by touch controls. Use a variety of effects to view slide show. Method Description Album-Touch Image File Formats Still images/videos are saved to Data Folder. Image Type File Format Save Location Still images Videos JPEG (.jpg) MPEG-4 (.3gp), ASF (.asf) Data Folder (Pictures) Data Folder (Videos)

To save to microSD Card, change Storage setting (

P.18-16) Capture still images in Portrait/

Landscape View Continuous shooting also available Record videos in Portrait/Landscape View Capture still images in Landscape View Camera settings and focus function also available by touch controls Camera mode Video camera mode Camera-

Touch

P.6-13)

Open/close handset in Camera mode/Video camera mode to switch Landscape/Portrait View. In Camera mode (excluding Continuous shooing) or Camera-Touch, captured still images are saved in the same direction as they appear on Viewfinder (Some images may not be saved in the same direction.). 6 C a m e r a 6-2 Notes Inside & Outside Camera

Remove dust/debris from lens cover with a soft cloth. Handset movement may blur images especially in dark places; hold handset firmly. Capturing/saving images immediately after handset has been left in a hot place may affect image quality. Exposing lens to direct sunlight may affect image quality. While Camera is active, Photo light illuminates/flashes. When Inside Camera is used, Notification Light/Charging Indicator flashes. Illuminating/flashing cannot be turned off. Shutter Click Shutter click sounds at fixed volume even in Manner Mode.

To change shutter click sound:

P.6-11 Use Inside or Outside Camera. Flash/Photo Light is available. Inside Camera Outside Camera Flash/Photo light Note

Camera is not available when battery is low. Incoming calls, Alarm and low battery cancel Camera. Captured images/

recorded videos are retained. Save data when Camera restarts. When left in Viewfinder for three minutes, Camera is canceled and previous window returns. 6 C a m e r a 6-3 Camera Display Indicators

Images shown below are for reference only. Camera Mode TBD Video Camera Mode

TBD

TBD

TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-4 Item Photo mode (

P.6-10) CHG Camera-mode Storage setting No. of frames Img. stabilizer Flash setting (Still image) Photo light setting (Action/Video) Key Guidance Top indicator Focus Guide Auto shutter 1 Zoom bar Image size 2 Image quality 2 High sensitiv. 2 Brightness 2 White balance 2 Scene 2 Description

Intelligent Auto For Scene/My original set., indicators may vary depending on setting. Camera mode Action mode (Auto/

My original set. Normal Scene Video Camera mode Auto bracket/Manual) (Cont. shooting set.:

P.6-8) Operation

Press and hold

( For Scene/My original set., select an item)

Select a mode

[Video/Cont./Camera]

Toggle Action mode (

P.6-11) Phone microSD Card Show number of remaining frames Correct camera shake Auto ON Forced ON OFF Always light ON Forced OFF Show key operation guidance Indicate vertical direction Auto focus guide Love shutter (Sweetheart) AF tracking guide Love shutter (Friends) Group shutter (Group)

P.6-11) Indicate zoom level (

Show image size (

P.6-9) P.6-9) Normal ON Fine Super fine OFF Adjust brightness (Level -3 to +3) Cloudy Auto Portrait Backlight Face Detection P.6-8) Fine Sports Character Auto Food Snow Close-up Light bulb Fluorescent light Night mode Pet AF tracking Scenery Sunset Landscape P.6-13)

Indicate memory status (appears in red when memory is full) Focus 2 (

Auto timer Memory capacity bar

File size setting

Movie type set

Recordable time 1 Key Guidance appears when Photo mode is set to Intelligent Auto and Auto shutter is not set. 2 Alternatively, Long time Record video with/without audio Indicate recordable time to highlight an item to select a setting Mail restrict'n(S)

zoom out Long press: continuous zoom zoom in/

Select a size

Select a mode

Select ON/OFF

Select a level

Select a mode

Select a scene

Select a mode

Toggle ON/OFF

P.6-11) P.6-11) 6 C a m e r a 6-5 4 to exit Return to Standby. Continuous Shooting Capture a succession of up to 20 still images automatically with a single press.

Number of captured images differs depending on image size and Continuous shooting setting (

P.6-10). 1 In Picture Viewfinder,

[Video]

[Cont.]

appears (Indicators vary by Action mode). 2 Frame subject

[Record], or Images are automatically saved.

When on subject before capturing image. To stop shooting halfway:

Focus is set to Auto, Outside Camera automatically focuses Pictures/Videos

Confirm battery strength (

recording. When battery is low, video cannot be recorded. Captured images and videos are automatically saved to Data Folder. To select save location each time, turn Auto save set to OFF (

P.6-11). Operation descriptions are based on Portrait View operations. P.1-11) and memory (

P.6-11) before

Note

When using Inside Camera, mirror image appears on Viewfinder. Captured images appear correctly. For Camera/capturing images by

, press firmly.

Capturing Still Images (Camera Mode) 1 Picture Viewfinder appears. 2 Frame subject

To toggle Inside/Outside Camera:

3

[Record], or to capture the image Shutter click sounds at fixed volume. Image is automatically saved.

Focus is set to Face Detection, When Auto or AF tracking, Outside Camera automatically focuses on subject before capturing image. TBD Picture Viewfinder 6 C a m e r a 6-6 Recording Videos (Video Camera Mode) 1 Press and hold Video Viewfinder appears. Functions Available while Shooting From Camera mode:

[Video] Action mode:

Video camera mode: Press and hold

[Cont.]

2 Frame subject

To toggle Inside/Outside Camera:

[Record], start recording Tone sounds and

or to appears. Focus is set to Face Detection When or Auto, Outside Camera automatically focuses on subject before recording begins. During recording, auto focus functions regardless of Focus setting. TBD Video Viewfinder to end recording Recording stops automatically at maximum recording time. or

[Stop], Tone sounds. Video is automatically saved.

to exit Return to Standby. 3 4 5 Note

Alternatively,

[Video] to activate Video Camera Auto Timer

[Menu] Auto timer ON Enter time (seconds) or

( For video,

[Record],

[Stop], or

[Quit] or to return to Viewfinder Auto timer tone sounds. After set period of time, shutter is released and recording starts. When Auto timer is active, without canceling Auto timer. Auto timer is not available when Auto Shutter (Camera Mode Only)

Handset automatically captures still images by detecting number of and distance between people (When Photo mode is set to Intelligent Auto or Focus is set to Face Detection.).

[Menu] Auto shutter Select an item (See below) Cont. shooting set. is set to Manual.

) 6 C a m e r a Item Operation/Description OFF Love shutter Detect up to two faces and automatically capture an Cancel Auto shutter setting image when faces come close to each other

or Sweetheart Sweetheart is set, distance between two faces Friend When is closer than Friends. Group shutter Detect up to five people. When number of detected faces is larger than set number, Auto timer activates to capture an image in three seconds. Select number of people

Alternatively, capture still images by when Auto shutter is set (Auto timer activates for Group shutter.).

[Record], or even 6-7 Zoom

(zoom in) or or

(zoom out) to adjust zoom

[Record],

or rotate Speed Selector For continuous zoom: Press and hold for continuous zoom. Press and hold Zoom is available during video recording. Zoom is disabled when Zoom may change image quality. Maximum zoom levels for individual image size are as follows.. VGA, HVGA Wide or QVGA (individual mode) Image size is set as follows:

Inside Camera:

Camera mode Outside Camera Camera

(High sensitiv.:

OFF) Camera

(High sensitiv.: ON) 6 C a m e r a 6-8 Size Zoom level Max. level (approx.) 8M 6M Wide 5M 3M 2M Wide 2M Stand-by VGA QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF 2M Stand-by VGA QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 31 levels 31 levels 31 levels 21 levels 21 levels 21 levels 31 levels 31 levels 31 levels 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 5.1 times 8.5 times 12.8 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 5.1 times 8.5 times 12.8 times Camera mode Continuous shooting Video camera

(Img. stabilizer:

Auto) Video camera

(Img. stabilizer:

OFF) Inside Camera Camera/

Continuous shooting Video camera Size VGA QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF VGA HVGA Wide QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF VGA HVGA Wide QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF VGA QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF VGA HVGA Wide QVGA QCIF Sub-QCIF Zoom level Max. level (approx.) 21 levels 31 levels 31 levels 31 levels 21 levels 21 levels 31 levels 31 levels 31 levels 21 levels 21 levels 31 levels 31 levels 31 levels 2.6 times 5.1 times 8.5 times 12.8 times 1.9 times 1.9 times 2.9 times 5.2 times 7.2 times 2.6 times 2.6 times 3.8 times 7.0 times 9.6 times 1 level 1 level 6 levels 21 levels 1 level 1 level 1 level 6 levels 21 levels 1.0 time 1.0 time 1.6 times 2.1 times 1.0 time 1.0 time 1.0 time 1.9 times 2.8 times Set Photo Mode According to Scene

[Menu] Photo mode Select an item (See below) Item Intelligent Auto Normal Scene My original set. Operation/Description Automatically switch Photo mode according to occasion

(in Camera mode)

Indicator is animated when mode changes (Example:

Close-up).

Mode does not change after Auto Focus Lock. Cancel Auto Focus Lock. Capture an image in normal mode Adjust brightness and color tone according to scene

Select an item P.6-12) Use Flash/Photo Light Select a Flash/Photo Light setting for Outside Camera. In Picture Viewfinder,

(See below)

[Menu] Flash setting Select an item Item Operation/Description Flash goes off automatically in low-light situations. Flash always goes off when capturing images. Photo Light illuminates. Auto Forced ON Always light ON Forced OFF In Continuous Shooting/Video Viewfinder, Flash/Photo Light is disabled.

[Menu] Photo light set.

Forced OFF (Flash setting) or OFF (Photo light set.) is set, Photo

ON or OFF Flash/Photo light is not available when battery is low. When Camera is ended or changed to Inside Camera while a setting other than Forced OFF is set, Flash setting is changed to Auto next time Camera activates or Outside Camera is used. When Forced OFF is set, setting remains. Even if light illuminates or flashes when Camera is active or during shooting. Intelligent Auto, Forced ON cannot be When Photo mode is set to set. When using flash, maintain an appropriate distance from subject of 40 to 100 cm. When image is captured at close range or with Flash/Photo Light area held, image color and brightness may look different from subject as a result of poor exposure. 6 C a m e r a 6-9 Original Setting Save as Press and hold

(See below)

Photo mode MyOriginal Follow the steps Item Operation/Description Save setting Open setting Edit title View detail Delete setting

Highlight a setting Select a setting Highlight a setting Highlight a setting Highlight a setting

[Save] ( YES) Edit title

[Edit] Edit title

[Detail]

[Delete] YES Save up to three settings each in Camera mode and Action mode. Change Continuous Shooting Settings

[Menu] Cont. shooting set. Select an item (See below) Item Action mode Operation/Description Select an item Auto

Manual Auto bracket automatically

: Capture multiple still images automatically*

: Capture one by one manually

: Capture nine different still images Shot interval Select an interval when Action mode is set to Auto Select an interval Shot number Set number of images to be captured when Action mode is set to Auto or Manual Select a number

* Number of images to be captured is as follows:

VGA (480640): 4 QVGA (240320): 5 to 10 QCIF (144176): 5 to 20 Sub-QCIF (96128): 5 to 20 6 C a m e r a 6-10 Focus Functions (Outside Camera) Changing Focus Settings

<Default> Camera mode/Video camera mode: Face Detection Action mode: Auto Face Detection (Camera mode/Video camera mode only): For portraits Auto: Auto detection Close-up: For nearby objects Landscape: For distant landscapes AF tracking (Camera mode only): Tracks subject automatically Select a focus setting according to occasion (Except When Photo mode is set to Intelligent Auto). Focus on Individual scenes automatically.

1 2 Note

In Picture/Video Viewfinder, Intelligent Auto, toggle current focus to select a setting When Photo mode is set to setting and AF tracking by While focus function is active, focus sound is heard from Camera. Focus sound comes out in the following situations:

AF tracking Intelligent Auto When Focus setting is set to When Photo mode is set to During video recording

. Face Detection

Detect up to five faces within 2.5 meters. Show yellow Focus Guide when a face is detected. Automatically focus on one face when more than one is detected

(Focus guide turns yellow once focus is on the face.). Faces may not be detected in following conditions:

Shoot with Auto focus if detection fails. Face is tilted. A part of face is covered by glasses, hat, mask or shadow. Face is too small, big or dark for screen. Face is at edge of screen. Subject or handset moves too fast.

AF Tracking

. Yellow AF tracking Bring AF tracking guide on subject and press guide appears and tracks moving subject while adjusting focus and exposure for subject. During AF tracking, press

[Record], or to lock focus on subject and capture an image.

or to halfway to lock focus, then Alternatively, press capture an image To cancel AF tracking:

When Camera is unable to track subject (e.g. when subject is out of Viewfinder), AF tracking is canceled. Depending on situation, intended subject may not be tracked or unintended subject may be tracked. AF tracking is not available when Auto shutter is in use or certain image size is set. 6 C a m e r a 6-11 Auto Focus Lock Bring focus on subject at center of display automatically. Lock focus on subject, and recompose your picture. 1 or

, In Picture/Video Viewfinder, halfway When in focus, handset sounds. Focus Guide turns green, and focus is locked.

When out of focus, Focus Guide turns red. To cancel focus locked by To cancel focus locked by or

: Release finger from 2 Determine composition 3 Capture image in selected camera mode (Camera mode:

P.6-7/Video camera mode:

P.6-6/Action mode:

P.6-8) In Step 1, press firmly to shoot.

halfway to lock focus, then press Viewing Saved Images Main Menu Camera 1 Open Pictures Pictures Open Videos Videos 2 Select a folder 3 Select a file TBD Example: Pictures

[microSD] Select a folder

Pictures Open Pictures Saved on microSD Card In Step 1, Open Videos Saved on microSD Card In Step 1, Check Still Images in Picture Viewfinder In Picture Viewfinder, To return to Picture Viewfinder:

Videos

[Folder]

[microSD] Select a folder Tip Editing Still Images (

P.9-12) 6 C a m e r a 6-12 TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-13 TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-14 TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-15 TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-16 TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-17 TBD 6 C a m e r a 6-18

 

 

Mobile Widget Mobile Widget (Japanese) .................................... 7-2 Using Widgets ....................................................... 7-2 Pasting Widgets to Standby ........................................................7-2 Activating Widgets......................................................................7-3 Downloading Widgets ................................................................7-4 Arranging Widgets in Standby .....................................................7-4 7 7-1 Mobile Widget (Japanese) Paste widgets to Standby to access information or tools from Standby. Using Widgets Pasting Widgets to Standby Paste up to five widgets per sheet. Select from four sheets and organize sheets by theme. 1 Press and hold Widget List appears. 2 Select a widget

[Menu] Paste on Stand-by Select a sheet 3 to move to target location

Widget Settings Delete Content Delete Widgets on Standby Display Main Menu

Select a sheet Check Contents to delete Note

Main Menu Widget Alternatively,

Widget Contents or Main Menu Data Folder

Widget to select widgets When saving widgets from microSD to Standby, do not remove microSD Card.

[Release] YES Network Widget Some widgets may periodically connect to network, incurring packet transmission fees.

During transmission, other functions (e.g. Video Calls) may be disabled. Show/Hide Widget In Standby, 7 M o b i l e W d g e t i 7-2 Activating Widgets Selecting Widgets in Standby 1 In Standby (widgets shown), Pointer (

) appears. To disable pointer:

or 2 to move pointer Select a widget Follow onscreen instructions. TBD Toggle Sheets In Standby,

[Back] or

[Forward]

Selecting Widgets from Widget List 1 Press and hold Widget List appears. 2 Select a widget TBD Widget List

Highlight a widget [Move] Move Widgets in List Press and hold to determine a target location [OK]

7 M o b i l e W d g e t i 7-3 Downloading Widgets Main Menu Widget 1 Widget Store 940P connects to the Network, and download site appears. Follow onscreen instructions. Installing Widgets Some widgets may require you install them manually; follow steps below:

In download completion window, Once installation is completed, widgets appear in Widget List. Widget folder in Data Folder includes widgets that are not yet installed.

[Menu] Install Note

Alternatively,

Download Widget YES to download Main Menu Data Folder Widget Arranging Widgets in Standby 1 In Standby, widget

[Operate]

2 Select an item (See below) to move pointer Highlight a Item Move Delete frm Standby Forward Rear Reload Operation/Description to move to a target location YES Move overlapping widget to foreground Move overlapping widget to background Update widget 7 M o b i l e W d g e t i 7-4 News/Entertainment S! Information Channel/Weather (Japanese) ........ 8-2 Registering/Canceling .................................................................8-2 Using S! Information Channel .....................................................8-2 Using Weather Indicator .............................................................8-3 Option Menu Items .....................................................................8-4 S! Quick News (Japanese) .................................... 8-4 Registering S! Quick News Items ................................................8-4 Opening New Information ..........................................................8-5 Saving Blog Details .....................................................................8-7 Posting to Blogs .........................................................................8-7 Blogging Functions .....................................................................8-8 8 8-1 S! Information Channel/Weather

(Japanese) Subscribe to content and periodically receive updates. Set Weather Indicator to appear on Standby.

Transmission fees apply for updates. Auto download is not available overseas. Registering/Canceling Main Menu News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather 1 Register/Cancel YES 940P connects to the Network. Follow onscreen instructions. Using S! Information Channel Up to seven updates are saved.

Viewing New Information 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t and Event When information arrives, Indicator appear in Standby. 1 In Standby, to move pointer Select Event Indicator

TBD

[Select]

Follow onscreen instructions.

Option Menu Items (

P.7-8) 2 8-2 Manually Retrieve Information Select Event Indicator "Failed to download"

Main Menu News/Entertainment Alternatively,

S! Info Ch./Weather Get Latest Contents YES Delete Information Main Menu

Highlight What's New? Note

Main Menu News/Entertainment

[Menu] Delete YES

News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather Alternatively,

S! Info Ch./Weather What's New? to retrieve information If there is unread information in both S! Quick News and S! Information Channel, does not appear. Only Event Indicator appears.

Viewing Previously Received Information Main Menu News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather 1 History Select a date for unread news and for read news appear. Delete History Main Menu History (Highlight a History)

YES

( For Delete all, enter Phone Password)

News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather

[Menu] Delete or Delete all Using Weather Indicator Weather Indicator for current forecast area appears. Viewing New Information Event Indicator and Weather Indicator appear for weather updates. 1 In Standby, Indicator or Weather Indicator to move pointer Select Event

2

[Select]

Information appears. Follow onscreen instructions.

Option Menu Items (

P.7-8) Weather Indicator Indicators are updated periodically. Example:

Clear, Cloudy with occasional snow, etc. See Weather Indicator List (

Rain later thunderstorm, P.19-24) for a complete list of indicators. Manually Update Weather Indicator Select Event Indicator Failed to download

Main Menu News/Entertainment Alternatively,

S! Info Ch./Weather Weather Indicator Manual Update

YES Hide Event Indicator Main Menu

Weather Indicator Missed Event Settings OFF Note

News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather Alternatively, view forecast details from

News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather Weather Indicator Weather Main Menu Hiding Weather Indicator Main Menu News/Entertainment S! Info Ch./Weather

Weather Indicator Display Settings 1 OFF

OFF, update is also deactivated. When Display Settings is set to 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t 8-3 Option Menu Items While viewing a content, press Item Forward Text Copy Select File

[Menu] for these options. Operation/Description Go to next page Copy page text View, play or save file to Data Folder (From Step 2 in Downloading Image/Sound Files:

Jump to top/end of page P.14-11) Jump in this page Yahoo! Keitai View top menu Font Size*

Exit viewing this

* Linked with Font Size setting in Internet option menu. Change character size Exit content S! Quick News (Japanese) Add news headlines, weather forecasts, etc. via S! Quick News List to scroll across Standby Window.

Registering or viewing S! Quick News incurs transmission fees. No fees apply for viewing ticker information. For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp). Registering S! Quick News Items Quick news, up to four General news and one Special

Register one news. Auto download is not available overseas. Main Menu News/Entertainment S! Quick News

S! Quick News List 1 Add News YES Yahoo! Keitai connects and contents list appears. 2 Select an item Follow onscreen instructions. 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t 8-4 Opening New Information Viewing New Information in Standby In Standby, When new information is received, 1 2

[Select]

Content list appears. appears in Standby. to move pointer Select ticker 3 Select information Details appear. Tip Settings Turn Back Light Off after All S! Quick News Viewed (

P.18-6) Show Only Unread Items in Standby Change Marquee Speed Hide S! Quick News Show Image Data (

P.18-16) Opening S! Quick News List Main Menu News/Entertainment S! Quick News

S! Quick News List 1 Select an item Content list appears. 2 Select information Detailed information appears.

[Menu] Update or All Update YES 3 To connect to the Network, select a title YES Update Manually In Step1, View Summary In Step 1, highlight information Delete Registered Items

[Menu] Delete or In Step 1, (highlight information All Delete YES ( For All Delete, enter Phone Password) Note

Alternatively,

S! Quick News Settings Del S! Quick News List

YES to delete all information Main Menu News/Entertainment

[Menu] Summary Display Tip Settings Automatically Update S! Quick News List Delete S! Quick News Information (

P.18-16) 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t 8-5 Note

/e-Book Viewer via S! Appli, or select a file from Launch BookSurfing Books in Data Folder. When purchasing a new handset, move CCF/XMDF files via microSD Card. However, if CCF/XMDF files are copy protected, Content Keys P.10-22). Some contents require another backup may be needed (

Content Key after being moved/copied to a new handset or can not be moved/copied at all. E-Books (Japanese) Use BookSurfing to acquire/view e-books, comics, photo books, etc. or e-Book Viewer to view XMDF files on 940P.

BookSurfing Download Content Keys (

Some copy protected files have extensions different from the ones below. and e-Book Viewer are S! Appli. P.9-5) to read CCF/XMDF files. Application File Format BookSurfing e-Book Viewer Some PC content may not be viewable via e-Book Viewer. CCF (.ccf) XMDF (.zbf, .zbk, .zbs)

Main Menu News/Entertainment 1 BookSurfing or e-Book Viewer

See application Help menu for usage information. 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t 8-6 Blogging Save blog details to update or view blogs.

Save up to 20 blog details. Saving Blog Details Main Menu News/Entertainment Post Blog 1

[New] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Service name Save a blog service name Enter a service name Enter a mail address Save a mail address for posting by mail Save a title to enter automatically when posting by mail Save a URL for posting from Yahoo! Keitai Save a URL for posting from PC Site Browser Enter a mail address Enter a mail address Enter a title Blogger address Mail title Yahoo! Keitai URL PC Site Browser 2

[Finish]

Posting to Blogs Main Menu News/Entertainment Post Blog 1 Posing by Mail Highlight a service [Post] Compose a message (

From Step 4 on P.14-4) [Send]

Posing from Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser Highlight a service [To site] By Yahoo!

Keitai or By PC Site Browser YES 940P connects to the Network and website appears. Follow onscreen instructions. Post Captured Images to Blogs While a captured image is shown, or highlight an image in Data Folder

[Menu] Post blog* Follow Step 1 above

* Some images may not be posted (e.g. images opened from Data Folder by

[Folder] in Picture Viewfinder)

Auto save set (

pressing Set to blogs easily. P.18-16) in Camera menu to OFF to post images 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t 8-7 Blogging Functions Main Menu Settings Post Blog From

Edit Service Information Highlight a service Delete Service Information Highlight a service Select an item (See below)

[Edit] Edit

[Menu] Delete Item Delete this Delete selected Delete all Operation/Description YES Check services

[Finish] YES Enter Phone Password

YES 8 N e w s

E n t e r t a i n m e n t 8-8 Music Player Overview .............................................................. 9-2 Saving Music ........................................................ 9-2 Downloading Chaku-Uta Full ...............................................................................................................9-3 Saving Music Files by Using SD Audio .........................................9-3 Transferring WMA Files ...............................................................9-4 Using Music Player ............................................... 9-5 Playback Window Indicators .......................................................9-5 Playing Music .............................................................................9-6 Playback Window Operations ......................................................9-7 Functions while Playing Files .......................................................9-8 Chaku-Uta Full/WMA List ..........................................................9-9 Using Play List ..........................................................................9-10 Play List ...................................................................................9-11 9 9-1 Overview Play music saved on 940P/microSD Card.

Notes Play List:

P.8-10

Files may not play due to file support issues or microSD Card status, etc. When playback starts with low battery, confirmation appears. When battery is low during playback, confirmation appears. Playback pauses for incoming calls or Alarm. Playback resumes after calls are received or Alarm sounds. Music Illumination

Notification Light illuminates when playback starts. When playback starts during charging, Music Illumination lights before Charging Indicator.

To turn off light, set

Music to OFF in Notification Light setting P.18-10). Tip Use Bluetooth Device for Wireless Playback (

P.10-10) Saving Music Save Music to play on Music Player. Download Chaku-Uta Full

P.8-3) Save Music via SD Audio (

P.8-3) Save WMA files

P.8-4) Open site link to download and save songs Supported file format: SMC, MPEG-4

(MPEG-4 AAC, MPEG-4 AAC+ (HE-AAC), Enhanced aacPlus) Save music CD songs via PC to microSD Card in AAC format Supported file formats: MPEG-2 AAC, MPEG-2 AAC+SBR Save Windows Media Audio (WMA) files in PC to microSD Card via Windows Media Player Supported file formats: WMA

Some files may not play even if format is supported. Copy Protected Files Copy protected files may not play, be saved or forwarded. P.9-5). To play a copy protected file, obtain Content Key (

Confirm file expiry date or usage limitations (Music info:

P.8-8). 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-2 Saving Music Files on PCs When saving music files for use with 940P, observe the following guidelines:

Copyrighted Works Do not infringe on third party/intellectual property rights. Music files are limited to private use. Obtain software to convert file format. Refer to websites providing software. Performance of some software types is not guaranteed.

Downloading Chaku-Uta Full Access websites directly from Music Player to download Chaku-Uta Full files.

View details (price, expiry date, etc.) on source website. Main Menu Music Player Data Manager Main Folder

Download Music 1 YES 940P connects to the Network and Download site appears.

Note

Follow onscreen instructions to download files. Alternatively, follow these steps to access Download site:

Main Menu Data Folder Music Main Folder

Download Music YES Saving Music Files by Using SD Audio Note

Saving music files requires following:

940P microSD Card (commercial item) USB cable (not included) PC (Windows XP, Windows Vista) Software for PC (commercial item) Panasonic brand "SD-Jukebox" is recommended. Purchase SD-Jukebox from website below:

http://club.panasonic.jp/mall/sense/ (Japanese only) Music CD to save Main Menu Settings Connectivity USB Mode

microSD Mode 1 Connect 940P to a PC via USB cable 2 Activate SD-Jukebox on PC 3 Set a music CD on PC 4 Save music files to micro SD Card

See SD-Jukebox manual for usage information. After saving, release USB cable from 940P. 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-3 Note

Do not remove microSD Card while transferring files to microSD Card. Files may be damaged. WMA files overwrite existing files with same name in handset when copied from PC. To check file names, refer to Windows Media Player Help. 940P may not recognize WMA files saved to a microSD on a different handset. Handset may not recognize WMA files from PCs if USB Mode is set to MTP Mode. Delete WMAudio and WMSystem folders in My Items (MY FOLDER) on microSD, or format microSD Card (

PC. Formatting microSD deletes all saved files. To play WMA files on handset, save files to WMFile (

microSD Card and play the files from PC Movies folder in Data Folder. P.9-18) via P.9-20) on

Transferring WMA Files Transfer WMA files from PC to microSD Card via Windows Media Player. Up to 1000 files can be saved per microSD Card.

Use PC with Windows Media When using Windows Media Windows XP, use Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later. When using Windows Vista Insert microSD Card into 940P before preparing USB cable (Transferring Data via USB Cable:

Player installed. Player 10 (10.00.00.3802 or later)/11 on

, use Windows Media Player 11. P.10-12)

Main Menu Settings Connectivity USB Mode

MTP Mode 1 Connect 940P to a PC via USB cable Follow Windows Media Player operations to transfer WMA files from PC to microSD Card.

Refer to Windows Media Terminate all software applications before disconnecting USB cable. Player Help for operations. 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-4 Using Music Player Playback Window Indicators TBD Item Description File Number/Total Number Title Artist Status Elapsed Time/Total Time Play Mode Indicators Equalizer Setting Stereo/Monaural Listening Setting Remaster Setting ON Bluetooth Device Connected Volume Lyric URL Repeat one Random H.BASS1 Train Monaural Play only one Repeat all Random play&repeat DEMO Normal H.BASS2 Stereo Surround-sound Natur 1 Natur 2 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-5 Note

mp4/3gp files in Ring Songs&Tones folder can also be played in Music Player. Changing Play Mode 1 Player Player Menu window or Playback window appears.

[Menu] Play mode setting 2 3 Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Play all files in selected category/Play List Normal Play only one Play selected file Repeat one Repeat all Random Random play&repeat Repeat selected file Repeat all files in selected category/Play List Play selected category/Play List files randomly Repeat selected category/Play List files randomly Playing Music Main Menu Music 1 Player Player Menu window appears.

Last playback window appears. To open Player menu:

twice. TBD

[Menu] Player menu to show Player Menu window. Player Menu Window 2 Select a category (See below) Operation/Description Select files from 940P & microSD Card Select group of files saved to Play List Select files from Artist folder Select files from Album folder Select files from Genre folder Item All Tracks Play List Artist Album Genre

appears for currently/previously played Play List. 3 Select a file Selected file plays.

appears for currently/previously played file.

Playback Window Operations:

To end playback, P.8-7

9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-6 Using Other Functions while Listening to Music

(Play Background) Use Phone Book, Messaging, Internet, etc. while listening to music.

[BGM]

in Standby End player 1 While playing file, 2 To end, Note

Some functions cannot operate simultaneously. Volume or play mode change is not available during Play Background. Playing Chaku-Uta Full/WMA Files as Demo Main Menu Music Data Manager 1 Select an item (See below) Item Main Folder Operation/Description View Chaku-Uta Full list

Select a folder To view file list in handset/microSD Card:

[Phone/microSD]

WMA View WMA list

[Change] to toggle display view in Chaku-Uta Full and WMA list. 2 Select a Chaku-Uta Full or WMA file Demonstration playback starts. Playback Window Operations

or or press and hold When playback time is over three seconds, previous file plays from beginning. or press and hold Press and hold Press and hold

[List/Player]

[BGM]

Adjust Volume Play Previous*

Play Next*

Rewind Forward Pause/Resume Stop View Next Jacket/Lyric View Previous Jacket/Lyric Switch Jacket/Lyric Display Switch Playlist/Playback Window*

Play Background*

Switch Remaster (

Switch Listening (

Switch Equalizer (

* Not available for playback as a demo P.8-8) P.8-8) P.8-8) 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-7 Functions Available in Playback Window While playing file,

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description P.8-6)

Show song title, artist and playback time Open site link YES Left) Player menu Show Player menu Play mode Change play mode (

setting Sound effect Music info Connect to Website Display Image Show jacket Display lyric Previous image/

Previous lyric Next image/

Next lyric Show next jacket or lyric Show lyric Show previous jacket or lyric Functions while Playing Files Set Sound Effect While playing file,

(See below)

[Menu] Sound effect Select an item Operation/Description Complement sound from earphone or Bluetooth device to bring close to original sound ON or OFF Add listening effect to sound from earphone or Bluetooth device

: Reproduce natural and Surround-sound stereophonic sound Natur 1 or Natur 2 earphone to reproduce natural sound

: Complement sound specific to Select an item OFF

: Turn off Listening setting Change quality of sound from earphone or Bluetooth device Select an item Train Normal H. BASS1 H. BASS2

: Reproduce normal sound

: Enhance low-pitched sound

: Enhance low-pitched sound even more

: Minimize sound leakage Item Remaster Listening Equalizer 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-8 Chaku-Uta Full/WMA List Main Menu Music Data Manager Confirm Memory Status From

[Menu] Memory Status Functions Available in Chaku-Uta Full Main Folder

(See below)

Highlight a folder Folder List

[Menu] Select an item Item Add folder Edit folder name Delete folder Memory Status Operation/Description Enter folder name Enter folder name Enter Phone Password Confirm memory status/total files

YES Functions Available in Chaku-Uta Full Main Folder

/WMA File List or WMA ( Select a folder) Highlight a file

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Set as ring tone (Fullsong ring tone) 1 Set as ring tone (Point ring tone) 1 Music info Move 1 Set Chaku-Uta Full as ringtone Fullsong ring tone

Select an item Set a segment of Chaku-Uta Full as ringtone

Select a segment Select an Point ring tone item To confirm segment:

Show song title, artist and playback time Select a storage

[Play]

Item Move to microSD 1 Add folder 1 Multiple-

choice 1 Operation/Description Move a Chaku-Uta Full to microSD Card Enter folder name Select multiple Chaku-Uta Full files files Check Chaku-Uta Full Move or Send Ir data Operate selected item

[Menu] Delete, Open site link YES Connect to Website 1 Display image Show jacket Memory Status DEL all licenses 2 Delete this Delete all Memory status/total number of files appears

YES Enter Phone Password Delete all WMA licenses YES Delete all files in folder Send a file via S! Mail (

Enter Phone Password

YES From Step 2 on P.13-4) P.10-3) P.10-5) Attach to S! Mail 1 Send Ir data 1 (

IC

transmission 1 Take contents key 1 1 Chaku-Uta Full files only 2 WMA files only P.9-5)

9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-9 Using Play List Use Play List to organize Data Folder music files. Select Music folder files to create Play List links to each file in its original folder. Creating New Play Lists

Save up to 30 Play Lists with up to 100 songs per list. Music files saved on microSD Card are also savable. Main Menu Music 1 Player Player Menu window or Playback window appears.

When Playback window appears, show Player Menu window

[Menu] Player menu to 2 Play List

[Menu] Create play list Select a category and show file list Check files to save to Play List

[Finish]

3 Enter a Play List name Note

Create WMA Play Lists (using Windows Media Lists (using SD-Juke Box) on PC. Maximum number of Play Lists to create and songs to save is as follows:

WMA Play Lists: 100 Play Lists; 250 songs per list SD Audio Play Lists: 99 Play Lists; 99 songs per list Player) or SD Audio Play Playing Songs from Play List Main Menu Music 1 Player Player Menu window or Playback window appears.

When Playback window appears, show Player Menu window

[Menu] Player menu to 2 Play List Select a Play List

To play back selected Play List from the beginning:

[Play]

TBD Play List Contents Window Note

mp4/3gp files in Ring Songs&Tones folder can also be added to Play List. TBD Play List Window 3 Select a file Selected file plays back. 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-10 Play List

[Menu] Player menu) Play List Main Menu Music Player

( Functions Available in Play List Window

(Highlight a Play List)

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Item Music info Add DEL from play list Order to play Operation/Description Show song title, artist and playback time Add files to Play List Select a category, and show contents window Check files to add

[Finish]

Delete files from Play List Select an item Select a file from Play List to change playing order

Operate selected item

to change order

[Select]

Repeat steps above to change order

Add files to another Play List or Add some ( For Add some, check

[Finish]) Select a Play List

[Set]

Add to play list Add one files Display image Show jacket Change play mode (

Player menu Open Player menu Play mode setting Create play list Copy play list Copy Play List Create a new Play List (

P.8-6) P.8-10) Enter a Play List name Edit Play List name Add files to Play List Edit Play List name Select a category, and open a Play List to add Select an item

[Finish]

Operate selected item

Check files Edit pl. list name Add Delete play list Functions Available in Play List Contents Window Select a Play List

(See below)

(Highlight a file)

[Menu] Select an item Item Operation/Description Player menu Open Player menu Play mode setting Change play mode (

P.8-6) 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-11 9 M u s i c P l a y e r 9-12 Managing Files Data Folder ......................................................... 10-2 Data Folder Structure ................................................................10-2 Opening Files ...................................................... 10-4 Viewing & Playing Files .............................................................10-4 Copy Protected Files .................................................................10-5 File Display/Playback Functions .................................................10-6 Options ....................................................................................10-7 Using/Editing Still Images ................................ 10-12 Editing Still Images .................................................................10-12 Creating Animations ...............................................................10-13 Saving Still Images to Phone Book ..........................................10-14 Managing Folders/Files .................................... 10-14 Managing Folders ...................................................................10-14 Using Play List ........................................................................10-15 microSD Card .................................................... 10-16 microSD Card Installation .......................................................10-17 Format microSD Card ..............................................................10-18 Viewing microSD Card Files ....................................................10-18 Handset Data Backup .............................................................10-19 PC File Transfers .....................................................................10-20 microSD Card Functions ..........................................................10-21 10 10-1 Data Folder Save, play and manage files downloaded from Internet, etc.

Save still images/videos captured by Camera, downloaded data or data copied/moved from SoftBank handset to microSD Card. Data Folder Structure Folder Function/Saved Data Download Pictures Album-Touch Main Folder Camera My Pictograms Download My Pict.

, , etc. Mail Art (download) Mail Art Pre-installed Original Animation DL Ring Songs&Tones Main Folder Pre-installed Voice Announce Play List Download S! Appli Download Widget Main Folder 2 Download Music Music Search Initial Folder WMA 3 Connect to download site Activate Album-Touch Downloaded still images, etc. Still images captured by Camera, etc. Connect to download site Downloaded pictograms, etc. Preinstalled pictograms Connect to download site Preinstalled still images Display still images continuously Connect to download site Downloaded ring songs/tones, etc. Preinstalled ring songs/tones Data recorded by Voice Announce Play back Play List Connect to download site Connect to download site Connect to download site Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full WMA Files transferred from PC Pictures 2 Ring Songs&Tones 2 S! Appli 2 Widget 2 Music 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-2 File Format 1 JPEG, GIF (.gif including Interlaced GIF), GIF Pictogram Package File

(.gpk), SWF (.swf Flash Animation), PNG (.png including Interlaced PNG) SMF, SP-MIDI, AMR, SMAF and MPEG-4 formatted files

(.mid, .midi, .amr, .mmf, .3gp,

.mp4) WGT (.wgt), SWGT (.swgt) MP4, SMC, WMA (.3gp, .mp4,

.smc, .wma) Videos 2 PC Movies TV Folder Download Videos Main Folder Camera Pre-installed Play List Position Memory microSD 3 Position Memory Play History Image Video 3 Position Memory Lifestyle-Appli Download Books 2 Download Books Customized Screen 2 Templates Font Customized Screen Familiar Usability Download Templates Download Font Main Folder Pre-installed Main Folder Function/Saved Data Connect to download site Downloaded video files, etc. Video files recorded by Camera Preinstalled video files Play back Play List Play back video files from saved resume position PC movies saved using PC Play back PC movies from saved resume position Playback records of PC movies Still images recorded by Digital TV Copy-protected video files (One-Seg compatible) Play back video files from saved resume position Connect to download site (Osaifu-Keitai:

Connect to download site P.16-2) Connect to download site Connect to download site Connect to download site Downloaded fonts Pre-installed fonts Incompatible files attached to mail 4 Other Documents 2 1 Some copy protected files have extensions different from above. 2 When microSD Card is installed, press 3 Available only when microSD Card is installed. 4 Some attachment files cannot be saved in Other Documents.

[microSD] in Folder list to view data saved in microSD Card. File Format 1 MP4 (including .mp4, .3gp, SDV), ASF (.asf) WMA (.wma), WMV (.wmv), ASF (.asf) JPEG (.jpg) TOD (.tod), MOI (.moi), MAI (.mai), PGI (.pgi) CCF (.ccf), XMDF (.zbf, .zbk,

.zbs) CUSR (.xcsf) MTF (.mtf) 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-3 Videos/PC Movies Playback Operation

Some operations are not available depending on files.

Operation descriptions are based on Portrait View. Adjust Volume or Play Previous

Starts from beginning when playback time is over three seconds. Press and hold Press and hold repeatedly

1/

[Frame]

Play back frame by frame While pausing,

Play Next Rewind 1 Forward 1 Select Position 2 Change Speed Mute/Resume Pause/Resume Play Frame by Frame 1 Remaster (

Listening (

Equalizer (

1 Videos only 2 PC Movies only P.8-8) P.8-8) P.8-8) Opening Files Viewing & Playing Files Main Menu Data Folder 1 Select a folder

In Folder List, press folder and microSD Card folder. to toggle handset 2 Select a folder Select a file

[Change]

File appears/plays.

To toggle file list view:

TBD Pictures Folder TBD Still Image List Window When Shortcut to a Download Site is Selected Handset connects to a download site on Internet. Operations while Playing Back Ring Songs&Tones Stop Volume Attach files (during playback) to S! Mail 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-4

[Stop]

only Tip File Display/Playback Functions (

P.9-6) Copy Protected Files Playing/forwarding/saving may be restricted and Content Key ( P.9-5) may be required for usage. If Content Key is expired, obtain a new Key to use file.

or

(Silver) appears for copy protected files requiring Content Keys. files are accessible. files are inaccessible. appears on images files, confirmation files or folders containing in Thumbnail view of expired files (Original icon appears for Books folder.). When deleting appears asking whether to delete corresponding Content Key. Other files requiring same Content Key may become unusable. See File Properties to confirm restrictions such as expiry term or usage limitation (Options:

940P holds up to 1000 Content Keys. Multiple Keys may be required to use a file. Interrupted playback (by incoming calls or Alarm) of copy protected WMA files with limited usage in Data Folder is also counted as one usage. P.10-7)

Using Copy Protected Files

Files downloaded on 940P cannot be used on PCs. Network setting may be required for usage. File usage may require insertion of USIM Card in use at time of download. When set as wallpaper or ringtone, settings may return to defaults if license has expired or different USIM Card is inserted. Limited use files cannot be set as wallpaper or ringtone.

Content Key If Content Key is expired, a message appears when the file is opened. To obtain a new Key, select YES. 940P connects to Content Key site. Note

Alternatively, obtain Content Key as follows: Highlight a file

[Menu] Take contents key

Depending on contents, some Content Keys may not be obtained from websites even when warning for expired contents appears. When 1000 Content Keys have been saved, a message appears. Delete old Keys; otherwise downloads may fail (Connection fees apply). 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-5 File Display/Playback Functions

Data Folder Pictures Select a folder Select a Enlarge Still Images Main Menu file Play Back from a Resume Position

[Menu] Display size Fit in display

Resume playback (videos/PC Movies) from a saved position.

Data Folder Videos or PC Movies Main Menu

Position Memory Select an item Save a resume position:

Marker to resume call comes in, alarm goes off, battery runs low, or playback is terminated. Functions Available in Video/PC Movie Playback Window Some operations are not available depending on files. While playback is paused, is a resume position automatically saved when a Right

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description Item Play at double speed Play at slow speed Play 1.25 times faster than normal Normal play 1 Play at normal speed Slow 1 Quick View

(1.25x) 1 Quick View(2x) 1 Fast 2 Rewind 2 Stop Position to play Connect to Website 1 Forward Rewind Return to Videos/PC Movies List window Start playback from specified point to highlight a play point Open site link YES

[Set]

10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-6 Item Operation/Description Sound effect Remaster, Listening or Equalizer (

Contents info 2 Show title, file name, etc. Position memory Save resume position Select a resume position

To play back from a saved position:

Send file via S! Mail or post on a blog Select an item Attach to S! Mail

Post blog

Step 1 on P.8-7) Attach to S! Mail/

Post blog 1 Register

(Ringtones) 1 P.8-8) Left

Select a type Set as ringtone Ringtones

appears for item set as ringtone. Save a file as Standby Display or Start-up Window

YES From Step 2 on P.14-4) Select an item Register

(Stand-by Display/Start-up Window) 1 Video info 1 Send Ir data 1 Send file via Infrared (

IC transmission 1 Send file via IC transmission (

Add shortcut P.1-22) icon 1 Description 2 Show title, file name, etc. Create a shortcut (

P.10-3) P.10-5) or Description view Show file information The words view Copy URL Select a display size Switch to Landscape View. Full screen playback starts.

or Fit in display To toggle views:

Actual size Copy URL 2 Display size Change to full 1 1 Video files only 2 PC movies only Options Highlight a file in Data Folder

Some functions may not be available depending on files. Pictures

[Menu] for the following operations. Item Operation/Description Edit picture Edit files (

Display picture Open files Set display*

P.9-12) Select an item Set as wallpaper, Phone Book image, Menu Icons, etc.

appears for item. Show file name, file size, etc. Send files via S! Mail (

From Step 2 on P.13-4) Item Slideshow Delete this Delete all Multiple-

choice Memory Status Sort Operation/Description or Slow Show files in a folder continuously. Select display speed Normal Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password Select multiple files to use Show memory information

[Menu] Select an item Check files to use

YES

P.13-9) P.10-5) P.8-7) Post file on a blog (

Send files via Infrared (

Picture info Attach to S! Mail Graphic mail Add selected files to Graphic Mail (

Post blog Send Ir data IC transmission Send files via IC transmission (

Add shortcut icon Copy to microSD Move to microSD Positioning Move files to microSD Card Copy files to microSD Card Create shortcuts (

Set where to paste files in Standby Select a position P.10-3) P.1-22) Edit file name Edit file names Move Move files to other folders Select an order Change display order of files Toggle list view

Alternatively, Connect to site for Content Key Pictures/

File names Take contents key

* Before setting a file as Video Call related item (except for Incoming/

[Change] to toggle P.18-4). P.18-12). Outgoing Video Calls), set Select Images to Original (Change Outgoing Image:

To set a file as Menu Icon related item, set Menu Icons to Customize

If incoming calls arrive or handset is turned off while My Pictograms package file (.gpk) is being uncompressed, some pictograms in package file may not open. Retry uncompressing. Tip Enlarge Still Images (

Editing Still Images (

Creating Animations (

Saving Still Images to Phone Book (

P.9-6) P.9-12) P.9-13) P.9-14) 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-7 Widget Item Paste on Stand-by Widget Information Attach to S! Mail Send Ir data IC transmission Move to microSD Delete this Delete all Multiple-

choice Operation/Description

P.7-2) Show file names, sizes, etc. Send files via S! Mail (

From Step 2 on P.13-4) Send files via Infrared (

Send files via IC transmission (

P.10-3) P.10-5) Move files to microSD Card Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password Select multiple files to use Check files to use

YES

[Menu] Select an item Ring Songs&Tones Item Operation/Description From Step 2 on P.13-4) Send files via Infrared (

Send files via IC transmission (

P.10-3) P.10-5) P.1-22) Set as ringtone Send files via S! Mail (

Edit file name Edit file names Play melody Play back files Set as ring

appears for item. tone Add shortcut Create shortcuts (

icon Attach to S! Mail Send Ir data IC transmission Copy to microSD SongTone info Memory Status Delete Copy files to microSD Card Show titles, file names, etc. Show memory information Select a type Delete this Delete select

YES

[Finish] YES Sort Move Move to microSD Take contents key Select an order Change display order of files Move files to other folders Move files to microSD Card Connect to site for Content Key 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-8

Check files to delete Delete all

Enter Phone Password YES S! Appli/Lifestyle-Appli Item Operation/Description P.15-4) Create shortcuts (

Activate S! Appli or Lifestyle-Appli Start Security level Set security level (

S! Appli info Show file names, file sizes, etc. Add shortcut icon Move to microSD Delete Move files to microSD Card

(Lifestyle-Appli cannot be moved) Delete files YES P.1-22)

/WMA File List" (

P.8-9) Operation/Description Set as ringtones, Standby Display or Start-up display Show titles, file names, etc. Send files via S! Mail (

From Step 2 on P.13-4)

Music See "Functions Available in Chaku-Uta Full Videos Item Register Video info Attach to S! Mail Post blog Send Ir data IC transmission Send files via IC transmission (

Copy to microSD Move to microSD Move Post file on a blog (

Send files via Infrared (

Move files to microSD Card Copy files to microSD Card Move files to other folders P.8-7) P.10-3) P.10-5) Item Operation/Description Create shortcuts (

Add shortcut icon Edit file name Edit file names Delete this P.1-22) Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password Select multiple files to use Show memory information Check files to use

YES

[Menu] Select an item Delete all Multiple-

choice Memory Status Sort Listing Take contents key Change display order of files Select an order Change list view

[Change] to toggle views Connect to site for Content Key 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-9 PC Movies Item Operation/Description Books Item Operation/Description Contents info Show titles, file names, etc. Move Move files to other folders Copy Copy files to other folders Multiple-

Select multiple files to use choice Comment Show descriptions view Memory Status Show memory information Delete this Check files to use

Delete all Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password

YES

[Menu] Select an item TV

See Pictures folder for still images. Show file names, file sizes, etc. Play back files Open site link Play Connect to Website Book info Copy to microSD Copy files to microSD Card Move to microSD Move files to microSD Card Add folder Edit file name Edit file names Move Take contents key Delete Move files to other folders Connect to site for Content Key Add folders Delete files YES Item Edit title Video info Add shortcut icon Delete Operation/Description Enter titles Show titles, channel names, etc. Create shortcuts (

P.1-22) Select an item Delete this Delete selected

YES

[Finish] YES

Check files to delete Delete all

Enter Phone Password YES 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s Memory Status Show memory information Listing Change list view

[Change] to toggle views 10-10 Customized Screen Operation/Description Preview files Set Customized Screen all at once Item Preview Collective Setting File info Show titles, file names, etc. Copy to microSD Copy files to microSD Card Move to microSD Move files to microSD Card Edit file name Edit file names Delete this Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password Select multiple files to use Show memory information Check files to use

YES Change display order of files Select an order Change list view

[Change] to toggle views Connect to site for Content Key Open site link Delete all Multiple-

choice Memory Status Sort Listing Take contents key Connect to Website

[Menu] Select an item Templates Item Operation/Description P.13-5) Edit titles Send files via S! Mail (

Compose S! Mail Edit title Template Info Show title and file size Delete this Delete selected Delete All YES Check files to delete Enter Phone Password

[Finish] YES

YES Font Item Set File info Edit title Delete this Delete all Multiple-

choice Memory Status Sort Listing Operation/Description Apply selected font Show file names, file sizes, etc. Edit titles Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password Select multiple files to use Show memory information Check files to use

YES

[Menu] Select an item Change display order of files Select an order Change list view

[Change] to toggle views 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-11 Operation/Description Show file names, file sizes, etc. Send files via S! Mail (

From Step 2 on P.13-4) Other Documents Item File info Attach to S! Mail Copy to microSD Edit file name Edit file names Move Delete this Copy files to microSD Card Move files to other folders Delete a file YES Delete all files Enter Phone Password Select multiple files to use Show memory information Check files to use

Change display order of files Select an order Delete all Multiple-

choice Memory Status Sort 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s

YES

[Menu] Select an item Note

Titles of mp4/3gp Ring Songs&Tones files and Videos/Music/Customized Screen files appear in respective lists. Files without titles appear with file names (created when files are saved to handset). Titles cannot be changed; edited file names may not appear in lists. Using/Editing Still Images Editing Still Images

Edit features are not available for all file types. Main Menu Data Folder Pictures 1 Select a folder Select a file Edit picture

[Menu] 2

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Marker stamp Frame Character stamp Operation/Description

to move stamp

[Put]

Select a stamp Following options are available when positioning a stamp:

[Menu] To rotate or scale up/down:

Select an item To start over:

[Cancel]

To add:

Select a frame

[Add]

[Menu] To rotate 180 degrees:

180 rotation To change frame:

To return to frame list:

[Cancel]

Enter text To change content/color/font/size: When positioning stamp, To start over:

[Menu] Operate selected item

[Cancel] after positioning to move text

[Put]

10-12

[Set]

[Cancel]

Item Fit in screen Change size Trim away Retouch Rotate Brightness Attach to S! Mail*

Attach to S! Mail/

Post blog*

[Cancel]

to specify area Select a size To start over:

Specify a size To start over: After specifying area, Select an item To start over:

90 to right To start over:

Operation/Description Change image size to Standby (480 x 854) YES

to adjust brightness Create S! Mail with edited still images

[Set] Create S! Mail (

Send file via S! Mail or post on a blog Edited files are automatically saved. Alternatively,

, 90 to left or 180

[Cancel]

[Cancel]

From Step 2 on P.13-4)

] to attach pictures to S! Mail

[Set] Create S! Mail

From Step 2 on P.14-4) Select an item Attach to S! Mai

Post blog File is automatically saved with another file name Alternatively,

Overwrite/rename to save edited files

[Set] Post on a blog(

] to attach to S! Mail

P.8-7) Save*

* Available after other editing operations.

[Set] 3 4 YES (Overwrite) or NO (Save as)

[Save]

Creating Animations Saving Original Animation Main Menu Data Folder Pictures Original Animation 1 <New> <1st> - <20th>

2 Select a folder Select a file

Repeat Step 2.

[Finish]

3 Functions Available in Original Animation List In Original Animation list, press

[Menu] for following operations. Operation/Description Enter title Item Edit title Org. animation Add more files to an Original Animation ( Above) Display picture Play back an Original Animation

Alternatively, select an Original Animation from list to play back. 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s Set display Picture info Release animation Select item to set Original Animation as Set an Original Animation as Standby display, etc. View item set for Set display Cancel a saved Original Animation YES 10-13 Saving Still Images to Phone Book

Savable sizes:

Standby (480 x 854) or smaller in JPEG or GIF format (up to 300 Kbytes) VGA (640 x 480) or smaller in PNG format Save images to up to 100 Phone Book entries. Still images cannot be saved to USIM Card Phone Book entries. Main Menu Data Folder Pictures 1 Select a folder Select a file Set display Phone Book

[Menu] 2 New Entry

[Finish]

New Enter details ( From Step 3 on P.4-4) Add to Existing Entry Add Select entry

[Finish] YES 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-14 Managing Folders/Files Managing Folders The following operations are available in Pictures, Music, Books, Videos, Ring Songs&Tones and Other Documents. Main Menu Data Folder 1 Select a folder

(See below) Item Create user folders Edit user folder names Add folder Edit folder name Delete folder Delete a user folder

[Menu] Select an item Operation/Description Enter Phone Password Hide files in folder unless Phone Password is entered

YES YES

YES Enter Phone Password appears for folder. To cancel: Repeat the step Enter Phone Password

YES YES Folder security 1 Delete all image 2 Edit Play List 3 Release Play List 3 Edit Play Lists Cancel edited Play Lists YES Item Select storage 4 Operation/Description Specify folders on microSD Card to save files to YES

View memory capacity/number of saved files Folders cannot be specified when saving Books files. Memory Status 5 1 Pictures/Videos folders only 2 Pictures folder only 3 Play List folder in Ring Songs&Tones folder only 4 microSD Card only 5 Music folder only Using Play List Use Play List to organize Data Folder Ring Songs&Tones/

Videos files. Select Ring Songs&Tones, Music or Videos folder files to create Play List links to each file in its original folder. Creating Ring Songs&Tones Play Lists Main Menu Data Folder Ring Songs&Tones 1 Highlight Play List 2 Select a number Select a folder Select a file

[Menu] Edit Play List

Repeat Step 2.

[Finish]

3

Data Folder Ring Songs&Tones Play List Play Back Play List Main Menu Files are played back in the saved order. Delete a File After Step 1, select a file Delete All Files In Step 1,

Release this

[Menu] Release Play List YES Note

mp4/3gp files cannot be added to Play List except in Music Player Play List. 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-15 Creating Video Play Lists Main Menu Data Folder Videos Play List 1 Select a Play List 2 Select a number Select a folder Select a file

Repeat Step 2.

Data Folder Videos Play List Highlight a 3

10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s

[Finish]

[Play]

Play Back Play Lists Main Menu Play List Files are played back in the saved order. Delete a File After Step 1, (highlight a file DEL all from list YES Change Order After Step 1, target

[Finish]

[Finish]

[Menu] Delete this or

[Menu] Oder to play Select a file Select a microSD Card

940P is compatible with up to 2 GB commercial microSD Cards and up to 16 GB commercial microSDHC Cards (as of May 2009). For information on memory card compatibility, visit the website below (Japanese). Note that microSD Cards not listed on the website may not function properly. From Yahoo! Keitai P-egg (as of October 2009) Main Menu Yahoo! Bookmarks

Panasonic top page (P-egg) From PC http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

Not all operations are guaranteed by the microSD/microSDHC Cards listed.

Format new microSD/microSDHC Cards for use with 940P (

P.9-18). Note

SoftBank is not liable for damages from accidental loss/alteration of microSD Card information. Keep a copy of Phone Book entries, etc. in a separate place. microSD Card has no write protect feature; there is a risk of accidental erasure/overwriting of files.

10-16 microSD Card Installation Turn off handset before inserting/removing microSD Card. Battery Installation:

P.1-13 Removing 1 Push microSD Card in

microSD Card pops out with a light push.

Inserting 1 Insert microSD Card until it clicks Note

Do not turn off handset or remove battery/microSD Card while flashes. microSD Card may be damaged or files lost. microSD Card may pop out when inserting/removing it.

microSD Card Check When microSD Card is installed correctly, microSD Card cannot be used. Remove microSD Card from handset, and P.9-21) re-insert it. If or format microSD Card (

(Display Indicator:

does not disappear, execute Check microSD (

appears. If appears, P.9-18). P.1-10) 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-17 Format microSD Card

Formatting microSD Card deletes all saved files/data. 1 Select a category Main Menu Tools microSD Backup 1

[Menu] microSD format 2 Enter Phone Password YES Note

Do not turn handset power off or remove microSD Card or battery while formatting; may damage handset or microSD Card. microSD Cards formatted on other devices may not be used. Format microSD Card on 940P before use. 940P cannot format incompatible microSD Cards. If format fails, turn power off and remove microSD Card from 940P. Reinsert microSD Card and format it again.

Viewing microSD Card Files View Phone Book entries, Calendar events, Tasks, mail messages, Notepads and Bookmarks backed up on microSD Card. Main Menu Tools microSD Backup 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 2 Select a file Backup date appears as file name. 3 Select a data TBD Category List TBD File List TBD Data List TBD Detailed Data 10-18 Note

If messages on microSD Card do not appear correctly, copy messages to handset (

P.9-19) and execute Charset Conversion (

P.13-22). Handset Data Backup Back up handset data (Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks, Messages, Notepad, Bookmarks, Content Keys) to microSD Card; restore handset data after accidental loss/alteration.

Backing up to microSD Card Back up Content Key:

P.9-22 Main Menu Tools microSD Backup 1 Highlight a category

[Menu] Copy to microSD ( For Bookmarks, select an item) 2 Enter Phone Password YES All files of selected category are backed up to microSD Card. One File Backup Open a file Restoring from microSD Card

[Menu] Copy to microSD YES 2 Restore One Item Select a file Highlight an item Add to phone

[Menu] Restore One File Highlight a file Overwrite to phone Enter Phone Password

[Menu] Add to phone or Restore All Files

[Menu] Add all to phone or Overwr. all to ph. Enter Phone Password 3 YES Note

Overwrite to phone or Overwr. all to ph. erases all files Note that of same category on handset. Files of 10 MB or larger cannot be moved/copied from microSD Card to handset. Data backed up in other SoftBank handsets may not be restored in 940P depending on type and size.

10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s Main Menu Tools microSD Backup 1 Select a category Tip Delete Items from microSD Card View microSD Card Memory Capacity

P.9-21) 10-19 PC File Transfers Folder Structure Files moved or copied from 940P to microSD Card are managed as shown below:

Save files in folders by file type. Calendar Backup files Phone Book Backup files Content Key Backup files Tasks Backup files Notepad Backup files Still images saved to microSD Card DCIM

PRIVATE MYFOLDER Utility Calendar Contacts Rights Tasks Memo Mail Drafts Inbox Outbox Sent Messages My Items Book Bookmarks Flash(R) Calendar.BCK Contacts.BCK Tasks.BCK Memo.BCK Drafts.BCK Inbox.BCK Outbox.BCK Sent Messages. BCK Bookmarks.BCK 10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-20 Games and More Music Other Documents Pictograms Pictures Sounds & Ringtones Videos Widget WMFile*

SD_VIDEO

Videos saved to microSD Card S! Appli Sound files with .3gp, .mp4, .smc Other files My Pictograms Still images moved/copied from handset to Main Folder in microSD Card Sound files of:

up to 10 MB with .3gp, .mp4, up to 300 KB with .mid, .midi,

.amr Videos moved/copied from handset to Main Folder in microSD Card Widget contents PC Movies saved from PC to microSD Card Drafts Backup files Incoming Mail Backup files Unsent Messages Backup files

Some copy protected files have extensions different from above. When moving/copying videos from microSD Card to handset, file format or file size may change.

* If WMFile does not appear in My Items (MYFOLDER), create and save a Sent Messages Backup files folder titled WMFile. E-comics Bookmarks Backup files Flash files Using Data on microSD Card microSD Card Functions With a microSD Card inserted, connect handset with a PC via USB cable (not included) to read/write data from/onto microSD Card. Following equipment is required:

Connector Cable: USB cable PC: PC with USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev 1.1 compliant) Compatible Operating Systems: Windows version in each)

XP, Windows Vista (Japanese Main Menu Settings Connectivity USB Mode

microSD Mode 1 Connect handset to PC via USB cable while 940P is on PC recognizes microSD Card.

appears in Standby (handset). Note

Even if incoming call arrives, reading/writing data continues during calls. After calls, check indicators on PC to see if reading/writing is complete. File names saved in microSD Card may not properly appear if changed on PC.

Restore microSD Card items (Check microSD) Use Check microSD to repair microSD Card data errors.

[Menu]

Tools microSD Backup Main Menu

Check microSD YES Do not turn handset power off or remove microSD Card or battery while formatting; may damage handset or microSD Card. It may take 30 seconds or longer to complete Check microSD depending on data volume on microSD Card. 940P cannot check incompatible or unformatted microSD Cards. 940P may delete files and folders that fail to be restored. Delete Items from microSD Card Main Menu

(Highlight a file ) Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES Content Key cannot be deleted. View microSD Card Memory Capacity Main Menu

Tools microSD Backup

microSD info

Tools microSD Backup Select a category

[Menu] Delete this or Delete all ( For

[Menu]

10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-21 Back Up Content key Copy Content Keys to microSD Card from handset or to handset from microSD Card.

Settings Security Content Key Main Menu

Copy to microSD or Copy from microSD Enter Phone Password Content Keys with expiration dates or usage limits cannot be backed up. USIM Card inserted when Content Keys were moved to microSD Card must be inserted to move Content Keys from microSD Card. Some applications are made for use on specific models. Some models move Content Keys to microSD Card instead of backing up. Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information for more information(

P.19-34).

10 M a n a g i n g F i l e s 10-22 Connectivity Infrared ............................................................... 11-2 Before Using Infrared ................................................................11-2 One/Multiple File Transfer .........................................................11-3 All File Transfers........................................................................11-3 IC Transmission ................................................... 11-4 One File Transfer .......................................................................11-5 All File Transfers........................................................................11-5 Bluetooth ............................................................................................................................. 11-6 Before Using Bluetooth ..............................................................................................................................11-6 Using Bluetooth ....................................................................................................................................................11-7 Suspending Bluetooth Functions .............................................11-8 Placing Bluetooth Devices on Standby for Connection ..............11-9 Sending/Receiving Phone Book .................................................11-9 Bluetooth Functions ..............................................................11-10 SoftBank Utility Software (Japanese) ............... 11-11 USB (Japanese) ................................................. 11-11 Setting USB Mode ..................................................................11-11 Transferring Data via USB Cable ..............................................11-11 Data Communication via USB Cable........................................11-12 AV Output ......................................................... 11-13 Connecting Handset to TV ......................................................11-13 11 11-1 Infrared Before Using Infrared Transfer Phone Book/Calendar events, messages, bookmarks and Data Folder files wirelessly between 940P and compatible devices, including PCs and other mobiles.

940P infrared function is based on IrMC1.1, however, some IrMC1.1-

based device transmissions may not be transmitted/received within specification. Debris may inhibit infrared transfers; clean infrared ports with a soft cloth beforehand. Direct sunlight/fluorescent light may inhibit transfers. Align infrared ports within 20 cm of one another and make sure no objects are placed between them. Do not move the devices until transfer is complete.

Within 20 cm Infrared Port 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-2 Transferable Files Condition One file Transferable file Phone Book (Account Details) Calendar events 1 Tasks Received message Sent message Drafts Notepad Ring Songs&Tones Still image 2 3 Video 3 Bookmark

(Yahoo! Keitai, PC Site Browser) Widget 3

: Transferable: Not transferable 1 Saved Holidays/Memorial days not transferable 2 Including Flash files 3 Multiple files transferable All files Up to 1000 Up to 1000 Up to 100 Up to 3000 Up to 1000 Up to 10 Up to 20 Up to 100 each Note

Following files cannot transfer:

If memory becomes full, remaining entries are truncated (Memory List:

Files prohibited for transfers from 940P Phone Book entries and SMS on USIM Card

P.19-25). One/Multiple File Transfer All File Transfers P.10-2 Transferable Files:

Sending 1 Highlight a file, and follow the steps below Files to Send Operation/Description Phone Book Account Details Messages Bookmarks

[Menu] Send Ir data Send phonebook

[Ir]

[Menu] Send Ir data Send This

[Menu] Send to ExtrnlDvcs Send Ir data

Send This

[Menu] Send Ir data

To send multiple files:

Multiple-choice Select files to send

Send Ir data

[Menu]

[Menu] Send Ir data

[Menu]

Still Images/

Videos/

Widgets Other Files 2 YES Receiving Main Menu Tools Receive via Infrared Receive 1 When a file is received, YES Send files from sender side within 30 seconds.

To receive subsequent files, select YES. Precaution

Receiving all files overwrites all saved files including secret/protected files. Sending all Phone Book entries sends Account Details as well. User-edited information is overwritten (handset number remains).

Session Number Session number (4 digits) is required for all file transfers via Infrared and IC transmission. Sender and recipient must enter same Session number to complete transfers. Sending 1 Highlight a file, and follow the steps below Files to Send Operation/Description Phone Book Messages Bookmarks

[Menu] Send Ir data Send all phonebook

[Menu] Send Ir data Send All

[Menu] Send to ExtrnlDvcs Send Ir data

Send All

[Menu] Send all Ir data Other Files 2 Enter Phone Password Enter Session number YES Recipient must enter the same Session number to start transfers. 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-3 P.10-2). IC Transmission Exchange files with another IC compatible handset using reader/writer function.

Type of files and transfer conditions are same as those for infrared file transfer (

Multiple file transfer is not available. IC transmission is not available when activated. When receiving dada, end all active functions. If there is difficulty in file transfer, move a the other logo or move each side up, down, left, or right. Data cannot be sent during charging battery. IC Card Lock (

P.16-5) is

logo close to or away from Align logos of both handsets Receiving Main Menu Tools Receive via Infrared Receive All 1 Enter Phone Password Enter same Session number as sender's YES YES Saved files are deleted, and transfer starts. 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-4 One File Transfer All File Transfers Before Receiving a File

is set to ON by default. When Receive IC Datum Receive IC Datum is OFF, One File Transfer is unavailable. To set

Main Menu Tools or S! Appli Osaifu-Keitai

IC Card Settings Receive IC Datum ON Receive IC Datum on:

Sending 1 Highlight a file, and follow the steps below Files to Send Operation/Description Phone Book Account Details Messages Bookmarks

[Menu] IC Transmission Send This

[Menu] Send to ExtrnlDvcs

[Menu] IC transmission Send phonebook

[ICtrans]

IC transmission Send This Other Files 2 YES Receiving 1 Align YES

[Menu] IC transmission logo on sender side with 940P (recipient) P.10-3) Precautions/Session number (

Sending 1 Highlight a file, and follow the steps below Files to Send Operation/Description

[Menu] IC transmission Phone Book Send all phonebook Messages Bookmarks

[Menu] IC Transmission Send All

[Menu] Send to ExtrnlDvcs IC transmission Send All

[Menu] AllIC transmission Other Files 2 Enter Phone Password Enter Session number YES Recipient must enter the same Session number to start transfers. Receiving 1 Align 2 YES Enter Phone Password Enter same Session logo on sender side with 940P (recipient) number as sender's Saved files are deleted. Transfer starts. 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-5 Bluetooth Connect handset to Bluetooth devices to use functions below. Before Using Bluetooth Bluetooth Specifications Description Version Function Handsfree Calls

P.10-10) Device Headsets Handsfree devices Wireless Playback

P.10-10) Audio devices Internet Connection P.10-10)

Sending/Receiving Phone Book

P.10-9) PC PC Handsets Tip Talk handsfree on handset Play back sounds (Digital TV/

Video) or music (Music Player) wirelessly from external speaker Connect wirelessly to Internet using handset as external modem Send/receive Phone Book entries wirelessly Settings Stop Ringtone Output to Headset/Handsfree Device Continue Calls on Handset when Bluetooth is Disconnected from Headset/Handsfree Device Always Make Calls from 940P even when Headset is Connected Always Use Handsfree Device to Make/Receive Calls (

P.18-17) Supported Profiles 1 Bluetooth specification Ver.2.0+EDR HSP (Headset Profile) HFP (Hands-Free Profile) A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile AVRCP: Audio Video Remote Control Profile DUNP: Dial-up Networking Profile OPP (Object Push Profile) Bluetooth Power Class2 2.4GHz (2.402GHz-2.480GHz) Approximately ten meters Output Frequency Bands 2 Communication Distance 3 1 Bluetooth connections are available with compatible devices supporting the same profile. 2 Bluetooth operates in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed frequency band.Depending on other devices in use in the spectrum, Bluetooth connection may slow down/terminate, or range may decrease. 3 Affected by distance between devices, obstructions, signal conditions, handset status, etc. 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-6 Notes

devices that meet the connection with some 940P may not be able to establish a Bluetooth Bluetooth devices. Establish connections with certified Bluetooth specification standards developed by Bluetooth SIG. Due to the unique characteristics/specifications of a certified Bluetooth device, connections or transfers may fail; procedures, displayed results or operations may vary from those described in the manual. When data transfer is interrupted, it may take some time for process to complete. Noise may interfere with wireless or handsfree conversations depending on the status of connected devices or signal conditions. For details about headset/handsfree devices, see the device manuals. Using Bluetooth Pair Bluetooth devices with 940P beforehand to establish connections for different Bluetooth functions. Searching & Pairing Devices Search other Bluetooth devices. Paired devices appear in Search&Paired Device list.

Passkey is not necessary for paired devices. devices at one time; pair with up to ten Bluetooth Search up to 20 Bluetooth Bluetooth devices. Place Bluetooth

devices on standby for connection. Main Menu Tools Bluetooth Search&Paired Device 1 YES*

Device search starts and names of found devices appear.

* If there are already paired devices in list, select a device Select a To search again:

[Search]

function 2 Select a device YES Enter Phone Password 3 Select text entry field Enter Bluetooth Passkey 4 Select a Bluetooth function 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y Next Page 11-7 940P connects to Bluetooth device. When complete, blue. After no Bluetooth connection is made for a certain time, flashes in Protection Indicator appears when registered contents are protected. device can connect to multiple services, appears in black and Power saver mode starts. When Bluetooth confirmation appears asking whether to connect to another service. While connected, appears. When from other Bluetooth devices. Dial-up Dial-up is selected, 940P stands by for connection requests can be selected regardless of profile types.

(Blue) appears. While in Standby,

(Gray)

Bluetooth Passkey Bluetooth Passkey (1 to 16 digits) is required to connect Bluetooth devices; sender and recipient must input the same code to complete file transfers.

Passkey is not necessary for paired devices. Bluetooth Profile Status Indicators appear to show profile status. Icon Letter Color Background Color Frame Color Blue Blue White Green White Gray Gray Gray Green White Light green Gray Blue Green Status Not connected (Not paired) Not connected (Paired) Connected Standby for connection Preferred device Not supported Tip Settings Set Duration to Search for Bluetooth Devices (

P.18-17) Search&Paired Device List Device Type Indicators appear for different types of devices. Device Name Device names appear. When no names are found, Bluetooth addresses appear. Connection Status Suspending Bluetooth Functions TBD Search&Paired Device Suspend all Bluetooth functions connected or on standby for connection, and disable Bluetooth. Main Menu Tools Bluetooth 1 Bluetooth OFF YES

To return to standby for previously connected function:

Bluetooth ON

: Connected

: Not connected

: Not found

: Not paired 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-8 Placing Bluetooth Devices on Standby for Connection Main Menu Tools Bluetooth Accept Registered 1 Check functions to be on standby for connection

[Finish]

To uncheck, select functions to remove check marks.

Sending/Receiving Phone Book Sending 1 Open Phone Book Send to Bluetooth

[Menu] 2 One File Transfer Send phonebook Select a recipient device All File Transfer Send all phonebook Select a recipient device Enter Phone Password 3 YES Receiving Main Menu Tools Bluetooth Receive via Bluetooth 1 One File Transfer Receive YES All File Transfer Receive All Enter Phone Password YES YES

If memory becomes full, remaining entries are truncated (Memory List:

P.19-25). Tip Settings Set Authentication/Encryption to Send Phone Book Entries Enter Password when Sending All Phone Book Entries

P.18-17) 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-9

Device for Wireless Playback

Select a device Audio Watch Digital Device

Select a device Dial-up Use Bluetooth Search&Paired Device TV or play back videos or music Digital TV/Video sounds are played only by A2DP profile compatible Bluetooth devices compliant with SCMS-T copyright protection standard. Connect to Internet Using Bluetooth Search&Paired Device 940P waits for dial-up connection. Refer to a manual for Bluetooth Download utility software (940P) "Modem Wizard" from website below to PC and install software. http://panasonic.jp/mobile/support/download/940p/index.html To establish a dial-up connection, see Help on "Modem Wizard."

Connecting handset to a PC or PDA for Internet access may incur high packet transmission charges. Place Bluetooth Dialup Rgstry Standby Bluetooth Passkey text box Enter Bluetooth Passkey

Enter Phone Password YES Select Device on Standby for Dial-up device for details. Bluetooth Functions From Main Menu Tools Bluetooth Functions Available in Search&Paired Device Window Search&Paired Device

[Menu] Select an item (See below)

Item Register devices Preferred device Protect/

release Change device name Delete Description Add shortcut icon 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y Operation/Description

Pair devices Enter Phone Password

From Step 3 on P.10-7) Set a preferred Bluetooth device for incoming calls

Available only for headset function compatible Bluetooth devices. To cancel, perform same operation.

Protect/cancel devices. Protection prevents devices from being deleted or overwritten Enter a device name YES Show device name, Bluetooth address, device class and supported profile Create shortcuts (

P.1-22) Make/Receive Calls via Bluetooth Search&Paired Device

YES Make/receive a call using Bluetooth device

Select a device Headset or Hands-free 11-10 SoftBank Utility Software (Japanese) Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks, messages, Bookmarks, Notepads and Data Folder can be transferred to a PC, edited or managed by using SoftBank Utility Software.

For details on and downloading SoftBank Utility Software, visit http://www.softbank.jp/mb/r/sbu/ (Japanese) Note

USB cable (not included) is necessary for using SoftBank Utility Software. S! Appli, PC Movies, TV, Lifestyle-Appli, Books, Customized Screen, Templates and Other Documents cannot be backed up. Copy protected files may not be backed up. Set

USB Mode to Communication Mode (

Right). USB (Japanese) Connect 940P to a PC via USB cable (not included) specified by SoftBank for data transfer or data communication. Setting USB Mode

<Default> Communication Mode Main Menu Settings Connectivity USB Mode 1 Select an item (See below) Item Communication Mode microSD Mode MTP Mode Operation/Description Packet transmission, 64K data transmission, data transfer and calls with USB handsfree compatible devices are available (

Read/write data on microSD Card (

P.9-21) Left) Transfer/delete music data via Windows Media Player on PC (

P.8-4) 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y Transferring Data via USB Cable

Transfer data using SoftBank Utility Software (

P.9-21) Transferring data in microSD Mode (

Left). 11-11 Data Communication via USB Cable Use 940P as a modem for Internet access by connecting 940P with a PC.

Download utility software from URL below and install on PC. http://panasonic.jp/mobile/support/download/940p/index.html 1 Install "USB (USB Driver)" and "Modem Wizard" from Utility Software (940P) to a PC Note

Connecting handset to a PC or PDA for Internet access may incur high packet transmission fees. 2 Set 940P to Communication Mode (

connect 940P to PC via USB cable

Power up 940P before connecting to PC via USB cable. P.10-11), and 3 Start up "Modem Wizard", and operate communication setup

"Modem Wizard" enables you to set up APN and dial-up easily. For setup/starting procedures, see "Modem Wizard" Help. 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-12 3 Connect video output cable to video/audio input terminal on TV set 4 Open an image file on 940P To toggle display size:

Note

Some images cannot be displayed on TV. Display size setting is not available for some TV sets. AV Output View the following on a TV set or other devices using a SoftBank-specified video output cable (not included): Video Call images, Digital TV images, still images/videos saved on 940P.

View AV-output-compatible S! Appli on TV. Connecting Handset to TV

To use video output cable (not included), Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (not included) is required. Video output cable Video Audio L Audio R Yellow White Red External Port 1 Open External Port Cover 2 Connect video output cable to handset using conversion cable

To connect video output cable to conversion cable:

P.1-4 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-13 11 C o n n e c t i v i t y 11-14 Handset Security Changing Phone Password ................................. 12-2 Security Functions .............................................. 12-2 USIM PINs ................................................................................12-2 Keyguard ..................................................................................12-4 Privacy Key Lock .......................................................................12-5 Personal Data Lock ...................................................................12-5 Activating Personal Data Lock when Closing Handset ................12-7 Secure Remote Lock .................................................................12-8 Key Pad Dial Lock .....................................................................12-9 Additional Lock Functions .........................................................12-9 Restricting Calls/Messages ............................... 12-10 Hiding Call Logs and Sent/Received Address List......................12-10 Secret Mode/Secret Data Only .................................................12-10 Setting Secret Mail .................................................................12-11 Mail Security ..........................................................................12-12 Call Restrictions ......................................................................12-12 Delaying Ringtone ..................................................................12-13 Rejecting Unknown Callers .....................................................12-13 Rejecting Calls without Caller ID .............................................12-13 Reset ................................................................. 12-14 Reset Settings ........................................................................12-14 All Reset ................................................................................12-14 12 12-1 Security Functions USIM PINs

For more information about PINs:

P.1-3 Note

Emergency numbers (110, 119, 118) are not dialable in PIN/PIN2, PUK/PUK2 entry window. PIN Authentication Activate to require PIN entry each time handset is turned on. Main Menu Settings Security PIN Authentication 1 Enter Phone Password PIN Authentication 2 ON or OFF 3 Enter PIN Changing Phone Password

<Default> 9999 Change Phone Password as required.

For Phone Password details:

P.1-28 Main Menu Settings Security Change Phone Password 1 Enter current 4-8-digit Phone Password 2 Enter new 4-8-digit Phone Password YES 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-2 Changing PIN/PIN2 PIN Lock & Cancellation (PUK/PUK2)

PIN Authentication to ON before changing PIN ( Above). Set Main Menu Settings Security PIN Authentication 1 Enter Phone Password Change PIN or Change PIN2 2 Enter current PIN/PIN2 3 Enter new PIN/PIN2 4 Reenter new PIN/PIN2 PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock is activated if PIN or PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times. Cancel PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock by entering PIN Unblocking Key (PUK/PUK2).

For information about PUK/PUK2, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34). In PIN lock mode, enter PUK/PUK2 1 2 Enter new PIN/PIN2 3 Reenter new PIN/PIN2 Note

If PUK/PUK2 is incorrectly entered ten times, USIM Card is locked and handset is disabled (Even turning off power is counted as one incorrect entry.). Write down PUK/PUK2. For procedures required to unlock USIM Card, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.19-34).

12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-3 Keyguard appears in Standby. Lock handset keys to prevent accidental operation except when turning power on/off or answering incoming calls.

While set, By default, Keyguard temporarily cancels when handset opens (Keyguard Setting:

Activate Keyguard in specified time after closing handset (Timer Lock at Close:

P.12-7) Right).

1 In Standby, press and hold

To toggle Keyguard settings, repeat operation. Keyguard Setting

<Default> Unlock When Slide Open Activate to cancel Keyguard temporarily when opening handset. Main Menu Settings Security Settings

Keyguard Setting 1 Lock Even Slide Open or Unlock When Slide Open While Keyguard is Active

Emergency numbers (110, 119, 118) are dialable even when Keyguard is set to Lock Even Slide Open. Entered numbers do not appear on Display. Once numbers are dialed, Keyguard is canceled. Press Keyguard can be canceled even during a call. to disable Calendar event tone or Alarm.

Note

Main Menu Settings Security Settings Alternatively,

Keyguard ON or OFF to activate/deactivate Keyguard Turning off power cannot cancel Keyguard.

12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-4 Privacy Key Lock Personal Data Lock

<Default> OFF While locked, Set Privacy Key Lock to require Phone Password for using 940P except for turning handset on/off and answering calls.

Main Menu Settings Security Privacy Key Lock 1 Enter Phone Password appears in Standby. To cancel Privacy Key Lock, enter Phone Password in Standby. If Phone Password is incorrectly entered five times, 940P turns off.

While Privacy Key Lock is Active

Emergency numbers (110, 119, 118) are dialable even when Privacy Key Lock is active. Only phone numbers appear on Display for incoming calls. Calls cannot be received by Bluetooth Message ringtones or Alarm tones are disabled. Calendar event tone or Alarm is disabled. S! Quick News and some indicators do not appear. They appear after Privacy Key Lock is canceled. headsets or handsfree devices.

Note

Turning off power cannot cancel Privacy Key Lock. Set Personal Data Lock to prevent others from reading or tampering with your personal information in Phone Book or Data Folder. Activate to require Phone Password for accessing personal data.

/e-Book Viewer Locked Functions/Data Messaging S! Appli Phone Book search/saving/setting Memory Manager/ Memory Status

(Phone Book) Account Details Restrictions (Phone Book) Notepad Calendar Yahoo! Keitai viewing/setting PC Site Browser viewing/setting Bookmarks/ Saved Pages BookSurfing Mobile Widget S! Quick News S! Information Channel/Weather Content Key obtaining/backup Voice Dial S! GPS Navi Data Folder*

Music Player Digital TV Bar Code Reader Receive via Infrared/Bluetooth IC Data transmission Tasks Shortcuts Event Indicators Camera/Video Camera Album-Touch Lifestyle Appli microSD Backup Answer Phone Voice Recorder Customized Screen Voice Announce Post blog Alarm Dictionary Pedometer Reset Settings/All Reset Software Update

* Font setting is available. 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-5 Activating/Canceling Personal Data Lock

While locked, appears in Standby.

<Default> Deactivate Main Menu Settings Security Personal Data Lock 1 Enter Phone Password Activate/Deactivate To cancel Personal Data Lock, repeat operation. If Timer Lock at Close is set, password entry is requested when 940P is opened.

disappears and disabled functions Canceling Personal Data Lock Temporarily When Phone Password is entered, become temporarily available.

Once handset returns to Standby while no functions are active, Personal Data Lock is active again. Some functions remain unavailable. Deactivate Personal Data Lock to use the following:

Reject unknown Receiving IC data Note

While Personal Data Lock is set, some indicators do not appear in Standby. They appear after lock is canceled. Turning off power does not cancel Personal Data Lock.

Customizing Personal Data Lock Enable/disable Alarm, incoming message notification, etc. while Personal Data Lock is active. Main Menu Settings Security Personal Data Lock 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-6 1 Enter Phone Password Customize Select an item (See below) Item Alarm Tone Incoming Call Act Operation/Description Enable/disable Alarms (Calendar, TV timer, or other alerts) or TV Timer Recording.

Accept (Enable) or Not Accept Select an item

(Disable) Show/hide Event Indicator (incoming messages) or Phone Book entry information (incoming calls).

Accept (Show indicator) or Incoming Message Not Accept (Hide indicator) Phone Book Available Book Entry information) or Not Accept (Hide information)

Accept (Show Phone Select an item Display/Tone Enable/disable Display settings, ringtones or indicators.

Accept (Enable Display

Accept (Enable Sound Settings) or

Accept (Show information) or Select an item Internal Display Settings) or Not Accept (Disable) Ring Tones Not Accept (Disable) S! Quick News Not Accept (Hide information) S! Info Ch./Weather or Not Accept (Hide indicators) Widget Contents Not Accept (Hide widgets)

Accept (Show indicators)

Accept (Show widgets) or Showing Personal Data Lock OFF Window when Opening Handset Activating Personal Data Lock when Closing Handset

<Default> OFF Main Menu Settings Security Lock OFF at Open 1 Enter Phone Password 2 Personal Data Lock ON Note

When Timer Lock at Close and Lock OFF at Open are both active, canceling Personal Data Lock when opening handset temporarily cancels lock. However, lock activates again when specified time elapses after closing 940P.

<Default> Keyguard: OFF Personal Data Lock: OFF Set Timer Lock at Close to automatically activate Keyguard or Personal Data Lock when specified time has elapsed after 940P is closed.

While locked, appears in Standby. Main Menu Settings Security Timer Lock at Close 1 Enter Phone Password 2 Keyguard or Personal Data Lock Select a time When Personal Data Lock is selected, confirmation

OFF is selected, setting is canceled. When 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-7 Showing Messages during Secure Remote Lock

<Default> OFF Set Display message to appear when Secure Remote Lock is active.

Use preset message or create a message. Main Menu Settings Security Lock Message 1 Enter Phone Password 2 Display Setting ON Save Lock Messages After Step 1, Message Enter a message Secure Remote Lock If handset is lost or stolen, remotely lock handset from a PC or mobile. If Secure Remote Lock is active, all operations are unavailable except to turn handset on.

For service details and user agreement/registration, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp) or My SoftBank. Accessing My SoftBank from Handset (Japanese) For service details, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website. Main Menu Yahoo! My SoftBank

English

Follow onscreen instructions. Note

Emergency numbers (110, 119, 118) are dialable even while Secure Remote Lock is set. 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-8 Key Pad Dial Lock Additional Lock Functions IC Card Lock Deactivate Osaifu-Keitai functions (

Deactivate Osaifu-Keitai functions remotely (

Remote Lock P.16-5).

<Default> Deactivate Allow dialing only from Phone Book entries and lock dialing with keypad. Unauthorized use of 940P can be prevented.

appears in Standby. While locked, Unavailable Operations Dialing with keypad Phone Book (saving, editing, deleting, copying from microSD Card, and sending/receiving via Infrared, IC transmission and Bluetooth) Sending S! Mail (by typing in address)/SMS Available Operations Dialing from Phone Book or Voice Dial Dialing from Redial, Outgoing Call Logs, Incoming Call Logs, Sent address, or Received address (only phone numbers/mail addresses saved in Phone Book) Main Menu Settings Security Key Pad Dial Lock 1 Enter Phone Password appears in Standby. To cancel Key Pad Dial Lock, repeat operation. While Key Pad Dial Lock is set,

Note

Emergency numbers (110, 119, 118) are dialable even while Key Pad Dial Lock is set. P.16-5). 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-9 Restricting Calls/Messages Hiding Call Logs and Sent/Received Address List

<Default> ON Main Menu Settings Incoming Settings Call Logs 1 Enter Phone Password 2 Select an item (See below) Item Incoming Outgoing Operation/Description Show/hide Incoming Call Logs/Received address list Show/hide Redial/Outgoing Call Logs/Sent address list 3 OFF Note

While Incoming Call Logs is OFF, Answer Phone (Voice Calls) does not play. Selecting Missed Call indicator does not show Incoming Call Logs. 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-10 Secret Mode/Secret Data Only

<Default> Deactivate Phone Book entries and calendar events saved as secret data appear only when 940P is in Secret Mode/Secret Data Only.

Set Phone Book or Calendar events as secret data (Phone Book:

4-8 / Calendar events:

P.12-5) P.4-7, Main Menu Settings Security 1 Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Secret Mode View all data including secret data appears in Standby. While set,

View only secret data

While set, flashes in Standby. Secret Data Only 2 Enter Phone Password For Secret Data Only, number of saved secret data appears. Cancel Secret Mode/Secret Data Only In Standby, or follow Step 1 above

disappears.

When widgets are shown, to hide and press again. Cancel Secret Mode/Secret Setting In Phone Book/Calendar event window,

[Menu] Release secret Note

Select whether to save data edited/saved in Secret Mode as secret data. Data saved/edited in Secret Data Only are saved as secret data. Turn off handset to cancel secret setting.

only Tip Settings Set Learning Feature Off for Secret Mode/Secret Data Only

P.18-10) Setting Secret Mail

<Default> ON

Settings Forbid showing messages from secret Phone Book entries.

Secret mail can be viewed in Secret Mode/Secret Data Only even when Secret Mail Display is set to OFF. 1 2 Universal Settings Secret Mail Display 3 Enter Phone Password 4 OFF Note

When both Spam Filter and Secret Mail Display are set, messages from Phone Book entries saved as secret mode are sorted into Spam Folder

(Safe List:

P.13-17). 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-11 Mail Security Call Restrictions Set handset to require Phone Password for opening mail boxes or operating Server Mail.

appears for set mail boxes and menus. 1 2 Universal Settings Mail Security 3 Enter Phone Password Select items*

Settings

* To cancel: press again.

[Finish]

Set/Cancel Mail Security by Incoming Mail or Sent/Unsent Folder

Incoming Mail or Sent/Unsent Highlight a folder

[Menu] Mail Security Enter Phone Password

appears for set folders. 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-12

Search Phone Book Reject/accept/forward calls from specified phone numbers, or restrict calling unspecified phone numbers. 1 2 Select an entry 3 Enter Phone Password 4 Select an item (See below)

[Menu] Restrictions Operation/Description Accept from specified numbers only Allow calls only to specified numbers Item Restrict Dialing Call Rejection Reject specified numbers Call Acceptance Call Forwarding

Main Menu Phone Book Restrictions Enter Phone Password To cancel, repeat operation. View/Cancel Phone Book Restrictions Automatically forward specified numbers

Set destination numbers (Call Forwarding:

P.2-17)

Select an item* Select a Phone Book entry Select a number

YES

* appears for set item.

Highlight an item, restriction on all specified numbers.

[Menu] Release Settings YES to cancel Note

Missed call indicator appears in Standby for calls from rejected numbers. Rejecting Unknown Callers

<Default> Accept Delaying Ringtone

<Default> OFF Delay ringtone/vibration for Voice/Video Calls from unknown numbers. Main Menu Settings Incoming Settings

Ring Time Settings Ring Starting Time 1 ON Enter start time Hide Missed Call Records (Disconnected during Ringtone Delay) Main Menu

Ring Time Settings Missed Calls Display Not Display

Settings Incoming Settings Main Menu Settings Security Reject Unknown 1 Enter Phone Password Reject Rejecting Calls without Caller ID

<Default> Accept Reject calls without Caller ID or from pay phones. Main Menu Settings Security Call Setting w/o ID 1 Enter Phone Password 2 Select an item Reject 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-13 All Reset Cancel custom settings and return handset functions to their default settings; clear all Phone Book/Data Folder entries etc. Main Menu Settings Security All Reset 1 Enter Phone Password YES YES 940P automatically turns off and restarts. Note

) beforehand. Fully charge battery (

Phone Password is reset to default. USIM Card/microSD Card files are not affected. Data transmission settings (set via PC) are not affected. Non-restorable items when deleted by All Reset:

Customized settings, Call Logs, downloaded S! Appli, etc. Reset Reset Settings Cancel custom settings and return handset functions to their default settings. Main Menu Settings Security Reset Settings 1 Enter Phone Password YES Note

Some default settings may not be restored. Reset Settings cancels Navi Appli settings in S! GPS Navi. Set a Navi Appli to activate from Select Navi Appli (

P.18-22). 12 H a n d s e t S e c u r i t y 12-14 Calendar ............................................................. 13-2 Opening Calendar ....................................................................13-2 Creating Calendar Events .........................................................13-2 Saving Holidays/Memorial Days ................................................13-3 Viewing/Editing Calendar Event Details .....................................13-4 Calendar Functions ...................................................................13-4 Tasks ................................................................... 13-5 Saving a Task ............................................................................13-5 Using Tasks ..............................................................................13-6 Alarms ................................................................ 13-6 Alarm Tone ...............................................................................13-6 Setting Alarm ...........................................................................13-7 Calculator ........................................................... 13-8 Notepad .............................................................. 13-8 Saving a Note ...........................................................................13-8 Notepad Functions ...................................................................13-9 Tools Osaifu Keitai ..................................................... 13-9 Downloading Lifestyle-Appli ...................................................13-10 Activating Lifestyle-Appli ........................................................13-10 Reader/Writer Transactions .....................................................13-11 IC Card Lock ...........................................................................13-12 Dictionary (Japanese) ....................................... 13-13 Sound Recorders ............................................... 13-14 Voice Recorder .......................................................................13-14 Voice Announce ......................................................................13-14 Bar Code Reader ............................................... 13-15 Scanning Barcodes .................................................................13-15 Viewing/Editing Scanned Data ................................................13-16 Using Scanned Data ...............................................................13-16 13 13-1 Calendar View by day, week or month; set Alarms for events. Opening Calendar Main Menu Tools Calendar Current month appears.

When a date with Calendar events is selected, number of AM and PM events and up to three contents appear.

[Prev.] or

[Next] to show previous/

next month calendar. To switch Monthly/Weekly view:

P.12-4 TBD Monthly View 13 T o o l s 13-2 Creating Calendar Events Save up to 1000 entries. Main Menu Tools Calendar 1 to highlight a date

[New] Schedule 2 Select an item (See below) TBD Operation/Description Select an icon

Edit subject Item Select icon/

Edit summary Edit location Whole day setting Date (from) Date (to) Repeat Alarm Alarm tone Contents Enter location OFF or ON

[Finish]) When Enter start date and time Enter end date and time Select a repetition

Select an Alarm type (

P.12-6 Alarm Tone:

Select an Alarm tone type an Alarm tone Enter event description

ON is set, Alarm goes off at 0:00 a.m.

(For Select day, check days

For ON/Set time, enter time)

Select a folder Select

[Finish]

3 Calendar Event Indicators Following indicators appear in Calendar Window.

(Blue): Morning event

(Orange): Afternoon event

(Underscore): Event that lasts for two days or longer

Following indicators appear on Display.

: Alarm

: Daily

: Weekly

: Monthly

: Yearly Saving Holidays/Memorial Days Save up to 100 entries (one entry a day) each for Holidays or Memorial days. Main Menu Tools Calendar 1 (Highlight a date ) Memorial days

[New] Holidays or 2 Select an item (See below) Note

Calendar events between 00:00 on 2000/01/01 and 23:59 on 2037/12/31 can be saved on 940P. Alarm tone does not sound when Privacy Key Lock or Personal Data Lock is set. However, settings can be changed even while Personal Data Lock is set (

P.11-5). Operation/Description does not repeat Holidays/Memorial days Item Date setting Repeat

Enter a date Select a repetition type 1 time events. Enter description

[Finish]

Edit holiday/

anniversary 3 Indicators Holidays appear in red. Memorial days are marked with a red circle.

Following indicators appear in Calendar/Calendar Event List Window:

: Holidays

: Memorial days

: Yearly repeat 13 T o o l s 13-3 Viewing/Editing Calendar Event Details Main Menu Tools Calendar 1 to select a date 2 Select an event Detailed schedule appears.

To edit:

(Schedule:

Holiday, Anniversary:

P.12-3)

[Edit] Edit selected item From Step 2 on P.12-2/

From Step 2 on TBD Calendar Event List TBD Calendar Event Details Calendar Functions From Main Menu Tools Calendar Functions Available in Calendar Window Highlight a date

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item New Operation/Description Create a new entry (

P.12-2, P.12-3) Item Weekly display/

1 Month Icon display No. of schedules Add shortcut icon Send all Ir data AllIC transmission Delete past Delete all Reset holidays Operation/Description Toggle Monthly/Weekly view Select an icon Entries in category of selected icon appear Display number of saved Schedule, Holiday or Anniversary entries Create a shortcut (

P.1-22)

P.10-3) P.10-5) Delete past entries/items, prior to highlighted date Select a category to delete Enter Phone Password Restore deleted Holidays YES

Select an item YES

YES Functions Available in Calendar Events List/Details

Select a Schedule, Holiday or Anniversary) Select a date (

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description New Edit Copy Calendar display P.12-2, P.12-3) Left) Create a new entry (

Edit selected item (

Copy an entry to another day Switch from Icon display to Calendar display Enter date and time to copy an entry to 13 T o o l s 13-4 Item Icon display Set secret mode/

Release secret Compose S! Mail Send Ir data Send all Ir data IC transmission AllIC transmission Copy to microSD Delete this Delete past Delete select Select an icon Operation/Description Entries in category of selected icon appear Activate/deactivate Secret Mode

( For Set secret mode, enter Phone Password)

YES Secret entries appear only in Secret Data Only (

Secret Mode or P.11-9). Create S! Mail by copying event date and content to message text (

From Step 2 on P.13-4) P.10-3) P.10-3)

P.10-5) P.10-5) To display data on microSD Card:

Copy an entry to microSD Card YES

YES Delete past entries/items, prior to highlighted date Select a category to delete

Check entries to delete

[Finish] YES

YES P.9-18 Tasks Make quick notes of task to manage in Task list. Saving a Task Main Menu Tools Tasks 1

[New] Select an item (See below) To check saved Tasks, select a Task. To edit, press window.

[Edit] in detail Item Edit Tasks Due date Priority Category Alarm Alarm tone 2

Note

Operation/Description

Enter due date

Enter content Select how to enter due date No date to enter none. Select Select a priority level Select a category Select an Alarm type (

P.12-6 Alarm Tone:

Select an Alarm tone type Select an Alarm tone

For ON/Set time, enter time)

Select a folder

[Finish]

When content is not entered, Tasks cannot be saved. Alarm tone does not sound when Privacy Key Lock or Personal Data Lock is set. However, settings can be changed even while Personal Data Lock is set (

P.11-5). 13 T o o l s 13-5 Alarms Alarm Tone When scheduled time arrives, alarm tone sounds and Notification Light illuminates.

For Calendar events and Tasks, alarm message and animation corresponding to selected icon appear on Display. To Stop Alarm Tone for Calendar Events, Tasks or Alarm Press any key. Missed Alarm

"Missed Alarm" Event Indicator appears in Standby for alarms missed during Privacy Key Lock, Personal Data Lock or Infrared transmission once locks are canceled or transmission ends. Select indicator to view content. Note

When one or more Alarms are set to the same time, alarm sounds in the order of : "Alarm" "Timer Recording" "Tasks" "Calendar"

"Timer Watching"

For Tasks, "Missed Alarm" indicator appears. Using Tasks In Tasks window, press Item New Edit Change status Show by category Sort/Filter

[Menu] for following operations. Operation/Description P.12-5) P.12-5) Create a new entry (

Edit an entry (

Change status indicator shown in Tasks list Select a status (

Enter Completion date) Overdue status indicator turns red. Select a category

For Completion, select an item Sort list by due date, entry order, status, etc. Create a shortcut (

Select a condition P.1-22) 13 T o o l s

Add shortcut icon Send Ir data Send all Ir data IC transmission (

AllIC

transmission Copy to microSD P.10-3) P.10-3) P.10-5) P.10-5) Delete this Delete select Delete completed Delete all 13-6 To display data on microSD Card:

Copy a Task to microSD Card YES

YES Delete an entry in Completion status YES Enter Phone Password Check entries

YES

[Finish] YES P.9-18 Setting Alarm 3

[Finish]

Set up to 12 alarms. Alarm tone sounds at the specified time once, everyday or weekly as set.

appears in Standby when Alarm is set. Alarm Indicators

Following indicators appear:

: Repeats daily

: Repeats weekly Main Menu Tools Alarms 1 Highlight an Alarm

[Edit]

2 Select an item (See below) TBD Item Alarm (Alarm on/off) Time setting Repeat Alarm tone Alarms (Alarm volume) Snooze setting Prefer manner mode Operation/Description Activate or cancel Alarm ON or OFF Set Alarm time Select a repetition

[Finish])

( For Select day, check days Select an Alarm tone type Select an Alarm tone

Select a folder to set Alarm tone volume When Snooze is set to ON, Alarm tone sounds for 60 seconds, repeating up to six times at five minute intervals. ON or OFF ( For OFF, enter time) Set Manner Mode or Alarm priority. ON or OFF

[Menu] Select an item Cancel & Reactivate Alarm In Step 1 (highlight an Alarm), Cancel or reactivate an alarm entry as required. Highlight an entry

Snooze Function If ON, press any key; Snooze window appears. To cancel Alarm, press to reactivate/cancel Alarm. Note

Alarm tone does not sound when Privacy Key Lock or Personal Data Lock is set. However, settings can be changed even while Personal Data Lock is set (

P.11-5). 13 T o o l s 13-7 Calculator

Up to 10 digits can be shown. Main Menu Tools Calculator Notepad Save up to 20 notes. Saving a Note Main Menu Tools Notepad 1 <Not Recorded>

Select a saved note to view content.

[Edit] to edit. 2 Enter text

Up to 256 double-byte or 512 single-byte characters can be entered. TBD Notepads Window Assigned key

TBD Operation Number (0 - 9)

x

Decimal point

Clear Example:

-17+28.5=11.5 13 T o o l s 13-8 Notepad Functions In Notepad list window, press Item

[Menu] for following operations. Operation/Description Edit Compose S! Mail Edit schedule Copy a note to Schedule to create a Calendar event Edit a saved note Create S! Mail by copying content to message text

From Step 2 on P.13-4) Schedule P.12-2)

Save a new note (

From Step 2 on Add shortcut icon Send Ir data Send all Ir data IC transmission AllIC transmission Copy to microSD Notepad Info Category Delete this Delete selected Delete all Create a shortcut (

P.1-22)

P.10-3) P.10-3) P.10-5) P.10-5) P.9-18 To display data on microSD Card:

Copy a note to microSD Card YES

Display entry date, latest modified date and category of note

YES Select a category When no category applies, select

[Finish] YES Check notes None.

Enter Phone Password

YES Osaifu Keitai

"Osaifu-Keitai" is a range of IC Card-based services used by Osaifu-Keitai compatible handsets. Make purchases using e-money or e-ticketing. Hold handset up to a reader/

writer to pay for your purchase. Osaifu-

Keitai IC Card Lifestyle-

Appli A contactless IC Card technology to read/write data by holding an IC card up to a reader/writer An IC chip embedded in Osaifu-Keitai-compatible handsets Applications to use Osaifu-Keitai. Some applications are preinstalled. Osaifu-Keitai Terms Precautions

Data saved in IC Card vary by service content and usage history. Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by Lifestyle-Appli. Contact Osaifu-Keitai service providers for details. SoftBank is not liable for damages from accidental loss or alteration of IC Card data or settings. IC Card data can be misused if your Osaifu-Keitai lost or stolen. SoftBank is not liable for any resulting damages. Downloading Lifestyle-Appli and using applications may incur high packet transmission charges. compatible handset is 13 T o o l s 13-9 Getting Started Downloading Lifestyle-Appli Download Lifestyle-Appli via Internet website. Registration/Settings Activate Lifestyle-Appli to complete registration or customize settings.

Make deposit into account, check payment records or balance, etc. Note

Keep a copy of service passwords/customer service contact, etc. in a separate place. 13 T o o l s 13-10 Downloading Lifestyle-Appli Main Menu Tools Osaifu-Keitai Lifestyle-Appli 1 Download YES 2 Select a Lifestyle-Appli

Lifestyle-Appli is saved to Data Folder. Activating Lifestyle-Appli

Lifestyle-Appli cannot be activated during a call or while another S! Appli is active. Main Menu Tools Osaifu-Keitai Lifestyle-Appli 1 Select a Lifestyle-Appli 2 To exit, Note

Main Menu S! Appli Osaifu-Keitai

Stopped Alternatively,

Lifestyle-Appli or Main Menu Data Folder Lifestyle-Appli Reader/Writer Transactions Complete registration/settings and charge your account beforehand. There is no need to activate a Lifestyle-Appli during transaction.

1 Hold logo logo up to reader/writer

When IC Card Notification Light is ON,

P.18-10). Notification Light illuminates (

Hold handset parallel to reader/writer. Try moving handset around if recognition is slow. Check scan result on reader/writer display. Osaifu-Keitai can be used during a call or Internet transmission (May require extra time.). Note

logo and is available while handset is off, Lifestyle-

Data may be unreadable if a metal object, etc. is between reader/writer. Even though Osaifu-Keitai Appli does not activate. However, if battery is left uncharged after warning tone sounds, Osaifu-Keitai may become disabled. Charge battery beforehand. When handset is held up to reader/writer, handset may show a message or vibrate depending on service. S! Appli, Messaging or Internet may also activate automatically. To avoid such cases, set the functions not to activate during transactions (

P.18-21). Tip Settings Disable Handset Response to Commands from Reader/Writer

P.18-21) 13 T o o l s 13-11 Remote Lock

<Default> OFF

Save up to three phone numbers to enable Remote Lock. Main Menu Tools Osaifu-Keitai IC Card Settings

Remote Lock 1 Enter Phone Password ON 2 Select an item (See below) Item Numbers to Permit Operation/Description Save numbers to activate Remote Lock

<Not Recorded>

Enter phone numbers

[Return]

To save numbers from Phone Book/Incoming Call Logs or to use a payphone number:

Refer to or Payphone

[Menu]

# of Incoming Call Specify the number of incoming calls for activating IC Card Lock Enter a number 3

[Set]

IC Card Lock Activating IC Card Lock

<Default> OFF appears in Standby. While set,

1 Press and hold Repeat the step as required to unlock.

Enter Phone Password Main Menu Tools Osaifu-Keitai Alternatively,

IC Card Settings IC Card Lock or Main Menu Settings

Security IC Card Lock

Note

13 T o o l s 13-12 Activating Remote Lock Call 940P from one of the specified numbers (Send Caller ID) Hang up after 940P receives the call Repeat - until specified number of incoming calls is reached (within

three minutes) After specified number of incoming calls, IC Card Lock is set and a message informs you IC Card Lock is activated. Note

When setting IC Card Lock, call 940P from the same specified phone number. Incoming calls from different phone numbers cannot be counted. Specified incoming calls may not be counted when Call Forwarding is active. Remote Lock is not available when ring time for Answer Phone is set to 0 or Driving Mode is active. When Answer Phone activates, counted number of incoming calls are reset.

Dictionary (Japanese) Use TOOL<> to access dictionaries (

and ).

TOOL<>

is an S! Appli. Main Menu Tools Dictionary 1 Read (disclaimer) OK TOOL<> activates.

To disable Uncheck (Always show disclaimer when accessing dictionaries)

Enter a word 2 Search results appear.

To scroll pages:

To switch dictionaries:

To search again:

3 Select a word Details appear. 4 To end, Note

Stopped While Dictionary application is active, press functions.

[] for useful 13 T o o l s 13-13 Sound Recorders Voice Recorder Set recorded sounds for ringtones.

Record for about 60 seconds each. Main Menu Tools Sound Recorders Voice Recorder 1 YES Recording starts. 2

[Stop]/

( OK) to stop recording Recorded sounds are saved in Ring Songs&Tones folder. Voice Announce Set recorded sound for on hold tone/holding tone, Alarm, Calendar event alarm, Tasks alarm, ringtones, Answer Phone message, Timer Watching (Digital TV), Ring Songs&Tones Play List.

Voice Announce in individual window to set Voice Announce as Record only one item for about 15 seconds. Select specific tone. Main Menu Tools Sound Recorders Voice Announce 1 Record Recording starts. Tone beeps five seconds before recording ends.

[Stop] to end recording Tone beeps twice and previous screen returns.

To play back:

To delete:

Erase YES Play 2 13 T o o l s 13-14 Scanning starts, and scanned results appear when completed.

OK Repeat Step 1 and 2 For split data, To use scanned data:

Step 2 on P.12-12

[Menu] Save result OK To start over:

YES 3

Note

940P cannot read barcodes or two-dimensional codes other than JAN/

QR Codes. Some barcodes cannot be read depending on code type or size. Barcode recognition may be slow. Hold handset steady while scanning. Barcodes may not be correctly read owing to scratch, dirt, damage, quality of printed material, light reflection, or QR code version.

Bar Code Reader Scan barcodes (JAN) or QR Codes with built-in camera. Access websites, send messages, etc. from QR Codes. 2

[Start]

JAN Codes JAN Code is a one-dimensional bar code denoting numerals with bars and spaces of different widths. QR Codes QR Code is a two-dimensional bar code containing information. Example: SoftBank mobile phones Scanning Barcodes

Up to five items can be saved. For split data, up to 16 QR Codes can be scanned at a time and saved as one item. Main Menu Tools Bar Code Reader Scan Barcodes 1 Frame barcode in the center of Display

[Menu] Brightness

To adjust Display brightness:

Adjust to -3 (dark) - +3 (light) To zoom:

To use Focus Lock:

13 T o o l s 13-15 Viewing/Editing Scanned Data Using Scanned Data Main Menu Tools Bar Code Reader Saved Data List 1 View Select an item Edit Title Highlight an item

[Menu] Edit title Edit Delete Saved Data In Step 1, (highlight an item or Delete all ( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES

[Menu] Delete Delete this

) 13 T o o l s 13-16 Main Menu Tools Bar Code Reader Saved Data List 1 Select an item 2

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Save result Display list Internet Compose S! Mail Dialing Add to Phone Book Add bookmark Copy From Step 4 on Operation/Description Alternatively, select address to create S! Mail. Yahoo! Keitai or PC Site Browser YES Alternatively, select URL to connect to Internet. Save scanned results Display Saved Data List Connect to URL

Create S! Mail to selected address (

P.13-4)

Call selected phone number Select a dialing method

Alternatively, select phone number to dial. Save scanned results to Phone Book (

P. 4-5) Save URL to Bookmark YES Copy selected characters to another place (

on P.3-9)

Dial

[OK]

From Step 2 on From Step 2 TBD 13 T o o l s 13-17 13 T o o l s 13-18

 

 

Messaging Organizing/Using Messages ............................. 14-15 Checking Messages in Messaging Folders ...............................14-15 Auto-sort ...............................................................................14-16 Filter Spam .............................................................................14-17 Replying to Messages .............................................................14-18 Using Mail Groups ..................................................................14-18 Sent/Received Address ............................................................14-19 Organizing Messages..............................................................14-20 Using Messages .....................................................................14-22 Basics .................................................................. 14-2 Available Entry Items & Character Entry Limits ...........................14-2 Messaging Folders & Memory Status .........................................14-3 Customizing Handset Address ...................................................14-3 Sending S! Mail & SMS ....................................... 14-4 Sending S! Mail ........................................................................14-4 Sending SMS Messages ............................................................14-7 Creating Messages ...................................................................14-8 Graphic Mail Functions .............................................................14-9 Sending Messages ..................................................................14-10 Receiving & Viewing Messages ........................ 14-10 Opening New Messages .........................................................14-10 Window Description ...............................................................14-11 Retrieving Complete S! Mail ...................................................14-12 Opening & Saving Attachments ...............................................14-13 Showing Sent/Received Mail Address ......................................14-13 Using Server Mail ...................................................................14-14 Retrieving/Viewing Messages..................................................14-14 14 14-1 Basics Send messages via S! Mail or SMS. S! Mail

[Separate subscription required]

SMS Exchange text messages with SoftBank or e-mail compatible handsets, PCs, etc.; attach image or sound files etc.

940P is compatible with Graphic Mail

P.13-5) Exchange short text messages with SoftBank handsets.

For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). Available Entry Items & Character Entry Limits Item E-mail address Phone number 1 A d d r e s s Subject S! Mail Up to 246 single-byte alphanumerics/

Up to 20 recipients Up to 256 double-

byte/

Up to 512 single-

byte alphanumerics Text 30 KB SMS Up to 21 single-byte alphanumerics/Up to 1 recipient Up to 70 double-/

single-byte alphanumerics 2 3 Attachment 1 SoftBank handset numbers only 2 When text entry mode is set to English (160char.) (

P.18-19), up to 160 single-byte alphanumerics can be entered. 3 Up to 300 KB including subject, message text and attachment can be sent. Note

S! Mail text character limit differs by attachment size. SMS messages can be converted to S! Mail (

S! Mail cannot be converted to SMS. P.14-7). 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-2 Messaging Folders & Memory Status Messages are organized in folders by message type. Receive Messages Create Messages Save as Drafts Send Messages Complete/Not complete Messaging Folders Incoming Mail Received 1-3 Spam Folder Drafts Sent/Unsent Sent/Unsent 13 1 Set Auto-sort messages to specified folders or Spam Folder automatically

P.13-16, P.13-17). 2 Add up to ten folders (

P.12-22). Deleting Messages Automatically When memory for messaging folders is low, old messages are automatically deleted one by one. Protect important messages from unintentional deletion (

OFF (

deleted automatically. P.18-18). Messages in Drafts and SMS on USIM Card are not P.13-21), or set message deletion settings to When Messaging Memory is Full

(Received Full) appears in Standby and no more new incoming messages are received. Delete old messages in Incoming Mail folder

P.13-21), then retrieve new messages (

P.13-15). View Memory Status

Memory Status Tip Mail Security (

P.11-10) Customizing Handset Address Change your handset mail address (alphanumerics before @) to reduce the risk of receiving spam. Default account name is random alphanumerics. abc123-xyz @ softbank.ne.jp Account Name Domain Name

(Customize here)

1 For details, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). Handset mail address cannot be changed in Emission OFF Mode. For operations while using Internet:

P.14-6

Settings Custom Mail Address 940P connects to the Network. Follow onscreen instructions. 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-3 Sending S! Mail & SMS Sending S! Mail 4 Select Subject field Enter subject P.3-3) Text entry (

Example: Select a Phone Book entry to send S! Mail. 1 Press and hold Address field Subject field Attachment field Text field TBD Composition Window 2 Select Address field Phone Book TBD TBD 3 Select a Phone Book entry Select a SoftBank handset number or mail address

to toggle tabs if both mail Press addresses and phone numbers are saved. 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-4 5 Select Text field 6 Enter text 7

[Send]

Tip TBD TBD Text Entry Window TBD Addresses Functions Available while Creating Messages (

Sending Options (

Settings Confirm Message Delivery (

P.13-9) Sending Messages (

P.18-18) P.13-10) P.13-8) Adding Attachments 1 After Step 6 on P.13-4, select Attachment field 2 Select a folder in Data Folder Select a file 3

[Send]

TBD TBD Attach Captured Pictures/Videos After Step1, Frame subject

[Stop], or

[Record],

) or

[Save],

( For video, or Activate Camera Photo mode or Video mode Note

Some files can not be attached depending on the file format or size. Some copy protected files can not be sent. Attachments of 300 KB or larger are automatically compressed (Width and height of compressed images may change.). Larger data cannot be attached even when compressed. Ring Songs&Tones, Music and Videos files cannot be attached directly from microSD Card. Move files to handset before attaching to messages. Tip Attachments (

Graphic Mail P.13-8) Create HTML messages; select font color/size, background color, or insert images, etc. Example: Use various Templates to create Graphic Mail.

1 After Step 4 on P.13-4, press Change font size Scroll text

[Menu] Load Template Select a template

To view template: Highlight template

[View]

2 Select Text field Delete ""

3

Font Size

[Menu] Alternatively, Set Graphic Mail to open Graphic Palette TBD Graphic Palette 14 M e s s a g i n g Next Page 14-5

[Menu]

Graphic all reset YES Reset Operations To cancel previous operation: Close Graphic Palette Undo To reset all Graphic Mail operations:

YES Use Mail Art In text entry window, Use Files Saved in microSD Card In text entry window,

[microSD] Select a folder Select a file Tip Use Other Graphic Mail Settings (

Download Templates via Internet (

P.13-9) P.13-10)

Mail Art Select an item

[Exit]

Insert files File Select Pictures 4 Select a font size Enter text 5

Select area 6 Place cursor before a sentence

[Start] Move to scroll cursor to end of sentence

[End]

Text is highlighted.

To cancel selection:

[Exit]

7 Set Scrolling 8 to preview Alternatively, Preview to view text field

[Menu] 9

[Send]

TBD TBD TBD 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-6 Sending SMS Messages P.3-3) Text entry (

Example: Select a Phone Book entry to send SMS. 1 Address field

Create New SMS Text field TBD 4 Select Text field 5 Enter text

When number of entered character exceeds limit, S! Mail conversion option message appears. 6

[Send]

TBD Text Entry Window Composition Window Manual Mail Conversion In SMS Composition window,

[Menu] Change mail type 2 Select Address field Phone Book 3 Select a Phone Book entry Select a SoftBank handset number TBD TBD Note

When a single-byte text message including | { } [ ]

including such text is edited, some characters may be cut out of text field.

^ is sent or a draft Tip Addresses Functions Available while Creating Messages (

Settings Confirm Message Delivery (

P.18-18) Change SMS Center P.13-8) Number Set Input Character to English (

P.18-19) 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-7 Creating Messages Addresses From In composition window, select Address field Address Input or Phone Number Input Enter a mail Enter Address Directly S! Mail:

address/SoftBank handset number SMS:

Select Address from Sent Address/Received Address Logs Sent Address Select S! Mail Address from Mail Group Mail Group Direct Entry Enter a SoftBank handset number Add/Edit/Delete Address or Received Address Select a log Follow the steps (See below)

Select a Mail Group Item Add recipients*

Edit Delete*

14 M e s s a g i n g Operation/Description

Select an address selection

<Not entered>

method Select an address or enter directly Select an address Edit address Highlight an address Delete receiver YES

[Menu]

Edit (For SMS: Direct Entry)

* S! Mail only Change To/Cc/Bcc (S! Mail only) Highlight an address type

[Menu] Destination types Select a 14-8 Attachments From After attaching a file, select Attachment field Open/Play Attached Files Select a file Add Attachments

[Menu] Add Attached Files Select a folder Select a file

[Finish]

To capture still images or videos to attach:

P.14-5

[Menu] Del Attached Files YES

Delete Attachments

Other Functions Highlight a file Functions Available while Creating Messages In composition window,

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Send message Preview message while creating Save message to Drafts box without sending Send Preview Save as Drafts Attached files 1 View attached file list Load Select a template Template 1 Save Template 1 Add Signature 1 Save edited template YES Add signature

Create and save signature beforehand (

Below). Operation/Description P.14-10)

Decide whether to compress images to attach ON or OFF

P.14-10) Select character input mode Switch SMS to S! Mail while creating or English Japanese Item Send Settings 1 Image Compression 1 Confirm Delivery 2 Input character 2 Change mail type 2 1 S! Mail only 2 SMS only Graphic Mail Functions Use Other Graphic Mail Settings In S! Mail text entry window,

Select an arrange item (See below) Item Insert files:

File Select Insert files:

Camera Insert files:

Delete BGM Font Color Background color Insert Lines Operation/Description Frame subject Select a file type Insert still images, music files or Flash Send inserted music files as BGM Activate camera to insert pictures Delete inserted music file YES Change font color Change background color

[Record]

r Select a folder Select a file

[Save]

Insert separator line Item Mail Art Graphic all reset Select area Operation/Description Select an Mail Art Insert an Mail Art Cancel all Graphic Mail Settings YES YES Specify text to be arranged Place cursor before text Specify area Follow the steps for selected items

[End] To cancel selection:

Change font size

[Start]

[End] Select other items

Flash text Font Size Select Blinking Set Scrolling Scroll text Set Swinging Swing text Alignment

Select a type

, and up to 40 types of My Pictograms or One file of music or Flash images can be inserted per Graphic Mail. To delete inserted images, lines, Mail Art, etc.: Close Graphic Palette Move cursor before images, etc. Ring Songs&Tones or Music files cannot be inserted directly from microSD Card. Move files to handset beforehand. Save Edited Templates In S! Mail composition window, Download Templates via Internet

Templates Download Templates YES

940P connects to Internet, and a website appears. Follow onscreen instructions.

[Menu] Save Template YES 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-9 Sending Messages From In composition window,

[Menu]

Send Settings ) Confirm Delivery ON

P.18-18) Confirm Delivery

(For S! Mail, Confirm Message Delivery (

Notify Recipients of Message Priority Level Send Settings Set Reply-to Addresses Send Settings Specify reply-to address beforehand (

Set Reply Address ON P.18-21)

Priority Select a level Receiving & Viewing Messages Downloading S! Mail Automatically By default, the complete message and any attachments are automatically downloaded. This setting also applies while abroad. Transmission fees are incurred; adjust to use (To change auto download settings:

P.18-21). Opening New Messages When a new message is received, and Event Indicator appear in Standby. 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-10 1 Select indicator Latest message appears.

to show previous/next message. TBD TBD Message Window Note

940P may connect to the Network via URL link in message text. Data-intensive web pages may incur high charges. Depending on situations, Message tone may not sound and Notification Light may not flash.

flashes for new messages instead.

Event Indicator disappears even when an unread message other than latest message is selected. Tip Retrieving/Viewing Messages (

Settings Change Ringtone Change Ringer Volume Set Message P.18-2) Adjust P.13-15) Setting Secret Mail (

Ringtone Duration Set Vibration Alert (

Notification Light Color Tone for Incoming Call/Message

P.18-10) P.11-9) Window Description Messaging Folder Contents Received Date & Time 1, Sender 2 and S! Mail Subject

(For SMS, Message Text)

For Sent/Unsent box, following appear:

1 Sent date/time 2 Recipient Message Type/Status Message Type

Unread/Read S! Mail Unread/Read S! Mail Notice Unread/Read SMS Unread/Read USIM Card SMS Server Mail TBD Example: Received Folder in Incoming Mail Message Status Attachments

(Silver) Protected Forwarded Message Replied Message Sending failed

(Sent/Unsent Message) Delivery Report received

(Sent/Unsent Message) High Priority Low Priority 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-11 Message Contents Received Date/Time 1 Sender 2 Subject Number/All Received Messages 3 TBD Message Text Example: Received Message Retrieving Complete S! Mail During Video Calls or outgoing mail, complete S! Mail is not downloaded. When notification arrives, retrieve complete message. Note: Depending on download setting, complete message is not downloaded. 1 At the end of message text, highlight Continue

Number of Attachments The number of files (images, sounds, videos, text, etc.) appears. For a sent message, the following appear:

1 Sent date/time2 Recipient3 Number/all sent messages Note

Status indicators for forwarded/replied SMS messages (saved in USIM Card) do not appear. After retrieving complete messages, S! Mail Notice icons with

(S! Mail).

(Replied) change to

(Forwarded) or

Messages remain protected after complete messages are retrieved via protected S! Mail Notices. If messages on microSD Card do not appear correctly, copy messages to handset (

P.9-19) and execute Charset Conversion (

P.13-22). 14 M e s s a g i n g Tip Functions Available for Received/Sent/Draft Message List (

Functions Available in Received/Sent Message Window (

Settings Change Font Size (

P.18-18) P.13-20) P.13-22) 14-12 TBD Retrieve from Message List In received message list, Retrieve Multiple Messages In received message list, Check messages

[Finish] YES

[Menu] Retrieve This one

[Menu] Retrieve Selected Opening & Saving Attachments 1 In Message window,

[Menu] Attached files 2 Select a file File plays or shows. 3 After viewing, Attached files window returns. 4 To save the file, highlight the file

[Save] YES Select a folder Note

When messages are opened, attached image files appear/play automatically.

(Silver) appears with file requiring a Content Key. If Content Key has P.9-5). expired, warning appears when opening a file. Acquire new Content Key (

Incompatible files are saved to Other Documents in Data Folder. Some files may not be saved to 940P.

File Formats Supported by Auto Playback

Image files (JPEG, GIF, PNG) Music files (SMAF, AMR, SMF, SP-MIDI) Tip Settings Play Attached Music Files Automatically (

P.18-19) Showing Sent/Received Mail Address 1 Sent Address Press and hold TBD Received Address Press and hold

: SMS (successfully sent)

: S! Mail (successfully sent)

To show Redial/Incoming Call Logs:

[Change]

2 To view individual log detail, select a log From Step 4 on P.13-4 or SMS:

Mail composition From Step

To send S! Mail/SMS to recipient shown:

operation (S! Mail:

4 on P.13-7) To save to Phone Book:

Phone Book (

From Step 2 on P.4-5)

[Store] Operation for saving to Tip Sent/Received Address (

P.13-19) 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-13 Using Server Mail Retrieve mail list stored at the Center to view Server Mail. Tip Mail Security (

P.11-10) Server Mail Functions (

P.13-15)

Server Mail Viewing Server Mail 1 2 Retrieve Mail List YES Retrieving Server Mail 1 Update Server Mail List After Step1, Retrieve Mail List Retrieving/Viewing Messages Manually Retrieving New Messages Retrieve S! Mail messages saved on Server while handset is off/out-of-range.

Retrieve New

[Update] YES Server Mail functions From

Server Mail

Server Mail Retrieve Mail List If no Server Mail is in the list, YES OK

14 M e s s a g i n g 2 Retrieve a New Message Select S! Mail Retrieve Multiple Messages

[Menu] Retrieve Retrieve Selected Check messages

[Finish] YES Retrieve All Messages

Server Mail Retrieve All

[Finish]) YES Delete One/Selected Server Mail Retrieve Mail List Highlight a message

Enter Phone Password YES

[Menu] Del Server Mail Delete This or Delete Selected ( For Delete This, check messages Delete All Server Mail Delete All Forward Server Mail Retrieve Mail List Fwd Server Mail Select Address field Select a method Select/enter an address To forward Server Mail from S! Mail Notice: In received message list, highlight an S! Mail Notice, Mail <Add Address> Select/enter and address Forwarded S! Mail cannot be deleted from Server Mail List.

[Menu] Forward Fwd Server

[Send]

Highlight a message

appears for Server Mail saved to Drafts or Sent/Unsent after

[Menu]

[Send]

14-14 forwarded.

[Menu] Sort Select a condition

Highlight a message

[Menu]

Sort Server Mail Retrieve Mail List View Server Mail Information Retrieve Mail List Mail Information View Server Mail Memory Server Mail Memory Organizing/Using Messages Checking Messages in Messaging Folders

Introduction mail is saved in Incoming Mail (Transmission fee does not apply.). 1

Incoming Mail, Drafts, Sent/Unsent

appears for unread messages in Incoming Mail folder. appears for draft or unsent messages in Drafts or Sent/Unsent folder. In Incoming Mail folder, select a folder then message. Messaging Folders:

P.13-3

2 Select a message

In Received/Sent Message window, toggle next messages. to view previous/

Tip Functions Available in Incoming Mail Box Functions Available for Received/Sent/Draft Message List (

P.13-20) 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-15 Item Add Mail group Operation/Description Sort messages by Mail Group

Select a Mail Group Save up to 10 Mail Groups per folder.

[Edit] Edit address, subject or Edit Sort Conditions After Step 2, highlight an item mail group Change Auto-sort List View

[Menu] Display the List Name or Address Switch Name view or Address view for Auto-sort. After Step 2, Delete Auto-sort Settings After Step 2, (highlight an item

( For Delete All, enter Phone Password) YES Re-sort Set Folders To re-sort messages in a specific folder: In Step 2, highlight a folder

[Menu] Delete or Delete All

[Menu] Re-sort in This YES To re-sort messages in all folders: After Step 1 Sort in All YES

[Menu] Auto-sort Save messages that satisfy set conditions to designated folder automatically.

Previously received messages are not sorted. Sent/received messages are sorted by subject if both address and subject match sort condition applied to specific folder. Messages with no subject are sorted by address. Either address or mail subject can be specified per folder.

Incoming Mail or Sent/Unsent

1 2 Highlight a folder Auto-sort Setting

[Menu] 3

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description

Sort messages by senders address Select an address selection method Select/enter an address Save up to 10 addresses per folder. Enter a subject Save one subject per folder. SMS cannot be sorted by mail subject.

Sort messages by mail subject

Sort messages by Group in Phone Book

Select a group Save up to 10 groups per folder. 14 M e s s a g i n g Item Add Address Add Subject Add Group 14-16 Filter Spam Safe List Sort messages from unidentifiable senders into Spam Folder without incoming notification. Use Safe List to receive messages from certain addresses/phone numbers and domains. Note

Some messages from addresses saved in Phone Book as secret data may be sorted into Spam Folder. Be careful when deleting messages from Spam Folder.

Specify up to 20 addresses and domains (for example, @softbank.ne.jp) to receive messages from without sorting into Spam Folder. 1

Settings Universal Settings Anti-Spam Measures Safe List 2 Add Addresses

[Menu] Add Address Received Address or Direct Entry Select or enter an address Setting Spam Folder Add Domains

<Default> OFF 1

Settings Universal Settings Anti-Spam Measures 2 Spam Filter Enter Phone Password 3 ON YES

[Menu] Add Domain Enter a domain

(character string after @)

[Finish]

Edit Saved Addresses After Step 1, highlight an address Delete Addresses After Step 1, (highlight an address Delete All ( For Delete All, enter Phone Password) YES

[Edit] Edit address

[Menu] Delete or

3 Tip Report Spam (

P.13-23) 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-17 Using Mail Groups Save mail addresses by group. Messages can be sent to specified group of recipients.

Save up to 20 recipients per group.

Create up to 20 groups. Creating Mail Groups Main Menu Phone Book Settings Mail Group 1 Select a group to save 2 Enter Mail Address Directly Highlight <Not stored>

[Edit] Enter mail address TBD Select Mail Address from Phone Book or Sent/Received Address Logs Highlight <Not stored>

[Menu] Look-up address

Select an item Select an entry

Repeat Step 2 to save mail addresses. Mail Group List Replying to Messages 1 In Message window, Re : appears before Subject when replying

[Reply]

to S! Mail. Received message text is quoted. TBD

[Send]

2 Complete message Reply without Quoting/Replying to All In Step 1,

Compose S! Mail or Compose SMS Selectable items differ by mail type.

[Menu] Reply Reply to Sender or Reply to All Note

Alternatively, reply from Message List window without opening messages (

P.13-20) 14 M e s s a g i n g Tip Change Message Quote Setting when Replying (

P.18-18) 14-18

[Menu]

[Menu]

Change Group Names In Step 1, highlight a mail group Edit group name Edit name Reset Group Names In Step 1, highlight a mail group Reset group name YES Edit Mail Addresses After Step 1, highlight a mail address Delete Saved Mail Addresses After Step 1, (highlight a mail address )

[Edit] Edit

[Menu] Delete this or Delete all ( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES Send a Message to All Group Members

] In Step 1, highlight a mail group

P.14-8 To select a mail group for recipient in S! Mail composition window:

Sent/Received Address Sent address logs: Press and hold

Highlight an address

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Received address logs: Press and hold

Highlight an address

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Toggle character size Character size Add to Phone Book Add shortcut icon Compose S! Mail Compose SMS Dialing Dialed calls 1 Received calls 2 Delete this Delete selected Delete all 1 Sent address logs only 2 Received address logs only YES From Step 2 on P.4-5) Save selected mail address/number to Phone Book

P.1-22) Select a shortcut in Standby Create a shortcut (

to open composition window with selected mail address/

number in Address field Create S! Mail to selected address/phone number

Create SMS to selected phone number (

P.13-7) Show Redial logs Show Incoming Call Logs Select a dialing method From Step 4 on P.13-4)

Dial From Step 4 on Check logs to be deleted

[Finish] YES Enter Phone Password

YES 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-19 Functions Available for Received/Sent/Draft Message List

Incoming Mail, Drafts or Sent/Unsent ( Select a folder) Highlight a message

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description Item Edit 1 2 Send 2 Retrieve 3 Reply 3 Reply with Quote 3 From Step 2 on P.13-4/SMS:

From Step 2 on P.13-7) Edit message to send

(S! Mail:

Send Drafts Retrieve complete S! Mail This one messages or Selected ( For Selected, check

[Finish] YES) Reply without quoting message Reply to Sender or Compose SMS Compose a message (S! Mail:

or Reply to All Compose S! Mail From Step 4 on P.13-4/SMS:

From Step 4 on P.13-7) Selectable items differ by mail type.

Quote received message to reply or Reply to All Reply to Sender Compose S! Mail or Compose SMS Compose a message (S! Mail:

From Step 4 on P.13-4/SMS:

From Step 4 on P.13-7)

Selectable items differ by mail type. Organizing Messages Functions Available in Incoming Mail or Sent/Unsent Folder

Incoming Mail or Sent/Unsent (Highlight a folder)

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Item Operation/Description Add folder Edit folder name*

Auto-sort Setting*

Re-sort in This Sort in All Sort folder*

Add up to 10 user folders to each of Incoming Mail and Sent/Unsent folders Enter folder name Edit folder name Sort received messages (Auto-sort:

P.13-16) From Step 3 on Re-sort messages in selected folder YES Re-sort messages in all folders YES Sort user folders Select a target location Mail Security Set to require Phone Password for opening a folder

Enter Phone Password To cancel: repeat the step Enter Phone Password

YES Delete folder*

* only 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-20 Operation/Description

P.10-5) Copy messages to microSD Card YES Copy SMS to USIM Card/handset YES Move SMS to USIM Card/handset YES Item IC Transmission Copy to microSD Copy to USIM/

Copy to Phone 3 Move to USIM/Move to Phone 3 Sort Change display order View detailed information (Subject, From, To, etc.) Select a display order Mail Information Mail history 1 3 Show up to 1000 sent/received mail records Select a sender/recipient address appears.

or

Select a record to show Message Window. return to previous window. 1 Sent messages only 2 Drafts only 3 Received messages only Item Forward 3 Dial Add Address 1 3 Protect/

Unprotect 1 3 Unread/

Read 3 Move 3 Delete Operation/Description

P.13-15)

/Fwd Server Mail Select Address field

[Send]

Forward Select an item Select/enter an address Forward Server Mail (

When forwarding S! Mail, Dotted line appears in the first line of Text field. Attachments are also forwarded (Messages with copy protected attachments may not be forwardable.). Select an item to Phone Book

Make a call/compose a message/add Fw: appears before Subject.

YES Save addresses to Phone Book Select phone number or mail address

From Step 2 on P.4-5) Protect received/sent messages

[Finish]) or Selected ( For Selected, check This one messages To unprotect, repeat the step. SMS saved in USIM Card cannot be deleted.

Switch status to Unread/Read Move messages to specific folders or Move Selected ( For Move Selected,

[Finish] YES) Select a Move This check messages folder SMS saved in USIM Card cannot be moved. Select an item If messages are received while selecting multiple messages, message deletion may fail.

Operate selected item

Confirm Delivery 1 Send Ir data View Delivery report

P.10-3) to 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-21 Using Messages Functions Available in Received/Sent Message Window In Message Window,

[Menu] Select an item (See below) Operation/Description Item Retrieve 1 Edit 2 Reply 1 14 M e s s a g i n g Reply with Quote 1 Forward 1 Dial Add Address Add to Phone Book 14-22 From Step 2 on P.13-4/SMS:

From Step 2 Copy Retrieve complete S! Mail Edit message to send

(S! Mail:

on P.13-7) Reply without quoting message or Reply to All Compose S! Mail Reply to Sender or Compose SMS Compose a message (S! Mail:

From Step 4 on From Step 4 on P.13-4/SMS:

P.13-7) Selectable items differ by mail type.

Quote received message to reply Reply to Sender message (S! Mail:

or Reply to All Compose a From Step 4 on P.13-4/SMS:

From Step 4 on P.13-7)

or Fwd Server Mail P.13-15) Selectable items differ by mail type. Forward Forward Server Mail (

Select an item to Phone Book

Make a call/compose a message/add Select phone number or mail address From Step 2 on P.4-5) Save addresses to Phone Book

Save highlighted phone number/mail address to Phone Book YES

From Step 2 on P.4-5)

YES Font Size Scroll Unit Charset Conversion 1 Delete Confirm Delivery 2 Mail Information Send Ir data IC Transmission Copy to microSD Copy to USIM or Copy to Phone 1 Move to USIM or Move to Phone 1 Item Operation/Description Attached files Show attached files Save Templates Add Shortcut Icon Save edited templates YES P.1-22) Select a shortcut in Standby Create a shortcut (

to open composition window with selected mail address/

number in Address field Copy address, subject or text Select an item Copy ( After Step 2 on P.3-10) Change scroll unit Half Screen Convert characters when not properly shown View Delivery report Select an item Select an item

Operate selected item or Whole Screen Select a size View detailed information (Subject, From, To, etc.)

P.10-3) P.10-5) Copy messages to microSD Card YES Copy SMS to USIM Card/handset YES Move SMS to USIM Card/handset YES Item Operation/Description Report Spam 1 Report received mail as Spam Mail Mail history P.18-18). Change destination to report to (

[Send]

Show up to 1000 sent/received mail records

or

Select a sender/recipient address Select a record to show Message Window. return to previous window. appears. 1 Received Message Window only 2 Sent Message Window only to 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-23 14 M e s s a g i n g 14-24 Internet Getting Started .................................................. 15-2 Using Yahoo! Keitai ............................................ 15-3 Opening Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu ...........................................15-3 Entering URL ............................................................................15-4 Using Access Histories ..............................................................15-4 Exiting Mobile Internet .............................................................15-4 Using PC Site Browser ........................................ 15-5 Opening Menu .........................................................................15-5 Entering URL ............................................................................15-5 Using Access Histories ..............................................................15-5 Exiting Internet .........................................................................15-5 Basic Operations ................................................. 15-6 Using Cursor ............................................................................15-6 Text Entry & Item Selection .......................................................15-7 Using Information .............................................. 15-8 Bookmarks & Saved Pages ........................................................15-8 Managing Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......................................15-9 Bookmarks/Saved Pages Functions ..........................................15-10 Downloading Image/Sound Files .............................................15-11 Using Number, Address or URL ................................................15-11 Streaming ..............................................................................15-12 Option Menu Items ........................................... 15-13 15 15-1 Getting Started Access Yahoo! Keitai Mobile Internet and PC sites.

"Yahoo! Keitai" is both a SoftBank Mobile Internet service and the SoftBank Mobile Internet portal. View PC Internet websites via PC Site Browser. Internet Yahoo! Keitai

View Mobile Internet Websites (

Download image/sound files, etc. (

Movies/Music Streaming (

Register S! Quick News (

P.14-12) P.7-4) P.14-3) P.14-11) Note

Separate subscription is required for Network access. For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). Video Calls cannot be received while connecting to the Network. Cache Memory Retrieved information is temporarily saved in Cache Memory. When full, oldest is deleted first.

Previously viewed pages may load from Cache Memory. To view the latest, update information (

Cached items with expiry dates are deleted upon expiry. Information remains even after handset is disconnected from the Network or handset power is turned off. P.14-13).

I n t e r n e t 15 PC Sites

View PC Sites (

P.14-5) Download still images (

P.14-11) Tip Settings Clear Cache Delete Cookies (

P.18-21) Initialize Browser (

P.18-20) 15-2 SSL/TLS SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) and TLS (Transport Layer Security) are encryption protocols for secure Internet transmissions of important/sensitive information such as credit card numbers. Server certificates are saved on 940P ( P.18-21). Notes When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the page. SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign Japan K.K., Cybertrust Japan Co., Ltd., Entrust Japan Co.,Ltd., GlobalSign K.K., RSA Security Inc. and SECOM Trust Systems Co., Ltd. cannot be held liable for any damages associated with the use of SSL and TLS. Tip Settings Security Settings (

P.18-20) Using Yahoo! Keitai Opening Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu Select Yahoo! Keitai Menu items to access websites. Main Menu Yahoo!

1 Open Top Menu Yahoo! Keitai 2 Open Menu List Repeat Step 2 as required. Basic Operations:

P.14-6 Select a menu item

Note

Shortcut: In Standby, press I n t e r n e t 15 15-3 Entering URL Using Access Histories Enter URLs (addresses beginning with "http://" or "https://") directly to access websites, or open previously viewed pages using URL histories.

Up to 20 URL histories are stored. Main Menu Yahoo! Enter URL 1 Enter URL Directly Direct Entry Enter URL Use URL History URL History List Select a URL TBD URL History List Window Delete URL Histories In Step1, Delete or Delete All YES URL History List (Highlight a URL ) Open previously viewed pages using access histories.

Up to 100 access histories are stored (The number of savable histories varies depending on data amount.). Main Menu Yahoo! History 1 Select a history History Window Delete Access Histories In Step 1, (highlight a history Delete All YES ( For Delete All, enter Phone Password) Show Access History URLs

In Step 1, highlight a history

[Menu] Display URL

[Menu] Delete or

[Menu]

YES Exiting Mobile Internet 1 Note

Closing handset does not affect active browser. I n t e r n e t 15 15-4 Using PC Site Browser Opening Menu View PC websites using PC Site Browser.

When PC Site Browser is active, Some pages may not be viewable. Viewing PC websites may incur high charges. appears. Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser 1 Homepage Confirmation appears. Select NO.

To show confirmation each time:

YES 2 Select a menu item Repeat Step 2 as required. Note

Alternatively, press Browser Menu. To return to Yahoo! Keitai Menu, press in Yahoo! Keitai Menu to switch to PC Site again. Tip Settings Hide Warning Messages when Activating PC Site Browser or Switching to Yahoo! Keitai (

P.18-19) Entering URL Follow same operation accessed from Yahoo! Keitai . Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser Enter URL

Follow Step 1 of same operation accessed from Yahoo! Keitai

P.14-4). Using Access Histories Follow same operation accessed from Yahoo! Keitai . Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser History

Follow Step 1 of same operation accessed from Yahoo! Keitai

P.14-4).

YES Exiting Internet 1 Note

Closing handset does not affect active browser. I n t e r n e t 15 15-5 When Authentication is Required Some pages require user authentication for access. If required, enter user ID or password. Note

While page is open, press and hold to switch to TV. Tip Settings Font Size Scroll Unit Images Off Sound Off (

P.18-19) Delete User ID or Password Entered when Authentication is Required (

P.18-20) Basic Operations Using Cursor

Operation descriptions are based on Portrait View. Use cursor to select underlined menu items. to move right to move left to move to previous line to move to next line Scroll bar appears on right side or at bottom of Display when page content continues beyond view. scroll up/down scroll left/right scroll page up by a screenful scroll page down by a screenful To scroll continuously, press and hold above keys.

Previously viewed pages are temporarily saved in Cache Memory (

P.14-2).

[Back]: Return to previous page

[Menu] Forward: View next page Some web pages may not appear after performing the steps above.

Move Cursor Scroll Pages Move to previous page/

next page I n t e r n e t 15 15-6 Text Entry & Item Selection Enter text or select items to send information. Text Entry Field Check Box Radio Button Menu List Command Button

Actual web pages may differ in appearance. Text Entry Field Menu List Radio Button Check Box Command Button

Enter text Highlight field Highlight field Menu list appears. Highlight an item Selected items are highlighted. Highlight When selected, Highlight

When selected, Press Highlight the button Corresponding command is executed. again to cancel selection. appears. appears.

I n t e r n e t 15 15-7 Using Information Bookmarks & Saved Pages Bookmark websites or save page content to Saved Pages.

Some copy protected materials cannot be saved. Bookmarks Saved Pages Save links to websites. 940P connects to the Network to open the link. Save page content. 940P opens saved pages without connecting to the Network. Viewing Bookmarks & Saved Pages Main Menu Yahoo! ( PC Site Browser) 1 Bookmarks or Saved Pages Select an item Example: Yahoo! Keitai Browser Saving Web Pages 1 Open a web page Bookmarks or Saved Pages Add

[Menu] 2 Select title Edit title 3 OK OK

Saved Bookmarks/Saved Pages are saved to Bookmarks List/Saved Pages List (

Right) I n t e r n e t 15 15-8 Bookmarks List Window Saved Pages List Window Open Bookmarks/Saved Pages in Web Page Open a web page View Lis

[Menu] Bookmarks or Saved Pages Note

Create folders in Bookmarks/Saved Pages List to organize Bookmarks/

Saved Pages (

P.14-9). Tip Send Bookmarks via Infrared (

IC Transmission (

Add Bookmark Shortcuts to Standby Save URLs to Bookmarks Send Bookmark URLs (

P.10-3) Send Bookmarks via P.14-10) P.10-5) Managing Bookmarks & Saved Pages Yahoo! Keitai Follow the steps below to open Bookmarks or Saved Pages list:

Main Menu Yahoo! Bookmarks or Saved Pages Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser

Bookmarks or Saved Pages PC Site Browser Note

When a different USIM Card is inserted, Saved Pages do not appear or title name cannot be changed. Creating New Bookmarks/Saved Pages Folders Folders cannot be created within existing folders.

1 Bookmarks In Bookmarks list window, Create New Folders Enter title

[Menu] Saved Pages In Saved Pages list window, New Folder Enter title

[Menu] P.14-8), highlight a folder Move Bookmarks/Saved Pages to Folder Before moving to folders, set Sort to Saved/Used Order or Saved/

Moved Order (

P.14-10) In Bookmarks/Saved Pages list window (

P.14-8), highlight a

[Menu] Move to Select a folder bookmark/saved page Select a destination Edit Folder Title In Bookmarks/Saved Pages list window (

[Menu] Edit Edit folder title Editing Bookmark Titles/URLs 1

[Menu] Edit In Bookmarks list window, highlight a bookmark 2 Edit title/URL Renaming Saved Pages 1

[Menu] Edit In Saved Pages list window, highlight a saved page 2 Edit title Tip Delete Bookmarks/Saved Pages/Folders Display Bookmark/Saved Page URLs Change Bookmarks/Saved Pages/Folders Display Order Sort Bookmarks/Saved Pages/Folders (

P.14-10) I n t e r n e t 15 15-9 Bookmarks/Saved Pages Functions From Main Menu Yahoo! ( PC Site Browser)

Bookmarks or Saved Pages

[Menu] Add shortcut icon YES Add Bookmark Shortcuts to Standby Highlight a bookmark Save URLs to Bookmarks

[Menu] Create New Bookmarks Enter a title/URL OK Delete Bookmarks/Saved Pages/Folders Follow the steps below Sort Bookmarks/Saved Pages/Folders

[Menu] Sort Select a condition Send Bookmark URLs

Highlight a bookmark SMS Create a message (S! Mail:

[Menu] Send URL S! Mail or From Step 2 on P.13-4/SMS:

From Step 2 on P.13-7) I n t e r n e t 15 Item Delete Delete Selected Items Delete All Operation/Description Highlight a bookmark, saved page or folder

[Menu] Delete YES Select items to delete

[Menu] Delete selected Check items to delete

[Delete] YES

[Menu] Delete All YES Enter Phone Password Display Bookmark/Saved Page URLs Highlight a bookmark/saved page Change Bookmarks/Saved Pages/Folders Display Order

[Menu] Move to Highlight a bookmark/saved page/folder

[Menu] Display URL

to select a position

Before changing order, set Saved/Moved Order. Sort (

Right) to Saved/Used Order or 15-10 Downloading Image/Sound Files Using Number, Address or URL For PC Site Browser, only still images can be saved. Save images, sounds, etc. to Data Folder or microSD Card.

1 Open a web page 2 Select a file

[Menu] Select File File details appear. 3 Save YES Available menu items vary by saved content.

Save location is determined by However, save location may change depending on situations. Check confirmation when download is complete. Save Settings (

P.18-20). Note

Do not remove/install microSD Card while saving files to it. Do not turn 940P power off while downloading or saving files. Files may be damaged. Some copy protected files may not be saved. Videos selected from web pages play while being downloaded.

Use linked numbers, addresses or URLs to make calls, send messages, access websites, or save directly to Phone Book. 1 Open a web page containing phone numbers, mail addresses or URLs 2 Phone Number Operation/Description Select a phone number Select an item (See below) Item Voice call Video call Select image Add to Phone Book Make a Voice Call Make a Video Call Select outgoing image Save a number to Phone Book (

From Step 2 on P.4-5) E-mail Address Select an address Select an item (See below) Item Compose S! Mail Compose SMS Create SMS (

Add to Phone Book Save mail address to Phone Book (

P.4-5) Operation/Description From Step 4 on P.13-4) From Step 4 on P.13-7) Create S! Mail (

From Step 2 on URL Select URL 940P connects to the Network. I n t e r n e t 15 15-11 Note

Streaming requires a continuous Network connection. Network remains connected even during a pause (Transmission fees apply). Paused streams may stop after three minutes of inactivity. When roaming abroad, streaming may be unavailable or not be performed properly.

Incoming Voice Calls while Streaming Incoming call pauses an active stream.

Video Calls cannot be received while streaming. Streaming Enjoy video/sound clips while they download.

Supported by compatible files on Yahoo! Keitai sites only. Streaming files cannot be saved. Main Menu Yahoo! Yahoo! Keitai 1 Open a web page Select a file Streaming starts. or to exit Engaged Streaming Operations 2 Mute/Release Mute Pause/Resume*

Volume Set Playback Position*

Toggle Display Position

* Not available during playback for live events such as live sports programs.

to start playback from specified point Toggle Portrait/Landscape view.

I n t e r n e t 15 15-12 Option Menu Items In Yahoo! Keitai, press

Some functions may not be available depending on web pages.

[Menu] for following operations. Item Forward Bookmarks Saved Pages Text Copy Reload Page Enter URL Select File Operation/Description P.14-6) Go to next page (

View Bookmarks list, add bookmarks, or add bookmark shortcuts to Standby View Saved Pages list or save page content to Saved Pages Copy page text Refresh page information Enter URL directly or use URL History to access pages View, play or save file to Data Folder (Downloading Image/Sound Files:

From Step 2 on P.14-11) Item Handy Functions Yahoo! Keitai 1/

Home Page 2 Settings Operation/Description Switch PC Browser 1/Switch Browser 2: Toggle Yahoo! Keitai/PC site CHG wide scr. mode/RLS wide scr. mode 3: Toggle wide screen mode on/off according to handset orientation Internet Search: Search text in Internet Search In Page: Search text within page Jump in this page: Jump to top/end of page Send URL: Send URL via S! Mail/SMS History: Open previously viewed pages Expand/Shrink 2: Zoom page in/out Set Display Range 2: Specify displayed area of page Flash(R) Menu: Playback/pause Flash files Properties: View page details or server certificates for secure pages View top menu Font Size: Change character size Encoding: Change encoding type Pointer: Set Pointer 2 Exit Browser Switch screen 2 Toggle between Small Screen and PC Screen Exit Browser 1 Yahoo! Keitai only 2 PC Site Browser only 3 Available only when Motion Control Setting (

P.18-6) is OFF for Yahoo!

I n t e r n e t 15 Keitai or PC Site Browser. 15-13 I n t e r n e t 15 15-14 S! Appli Before Using S! Appli ......................................... 16-2 Downloading S! Appli ...............................................................16-2 Using S! Appli ..................................................... 16-3 Activating S! Appli ....................................................................16-3 Terminate/Suspend & Resume ...................................................16-3 Using S! Appli Startup History ...................................................16-3 Managing Applications .............................................................16-4 16 16-1 Before Using S! Appli S! Appli are Java-based applications designed to run on SoftBank handsets. Download games and other real-time applications for use on 940P.

Separate subscription required to use downloaded applications (not required for pre-installed S! Appli). For usage on pre-installed applications, see Help menu for each S! Appli.

Note

For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). Network S! Appli Network S! Appli requires Network connection.

Connection fees apply. License Information Main Menu

S! Appli Information Downloading S! Appli Download up to 100 S! Appli files to 940P/microSD Card.

End suspended S! Appli if any. However, S! Appli may not be ended during calls. Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Download S! Appli YES 940P connects to the Network, and download site appears. 2 Select an S! Appli Properties appear. 3 Follow onscreen instructions 4 Select a save location Downloaded S! Appli is saved to Data Folder automatically.

Download may take some time. 5 YES to activate Downloaded S! Appli starts.

To exit:

NO Download Lifestyle-Appli

Tools or S! Appli Osaifu-Keitai Main Menu

Lifestyle-Appli Download YES Select a Lifestyle-Appli Lifestyle-Appli:

P.16-2

S

A p p l i 16 16-2 Using S! Appli Activating S! Appli Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Select an S! Appli appears. Application starts and

Note

See application Help menu for usage information. Confirmation appears when selecting Network S! Appli. For a microSD Card S! Appli, press

[microSD] before Step 1. Main Menu Data Folder S! Appli Activate an S! Appli;

Select an S! Appli

Incoming transmissions pause S! Appli.

AV output compatible applications may be viewed on a TV set

P.10-13). Tip Settings Volume Backlight On/Off Deactivate Vibration Sync microSD Card with S! Appli List (

P.18-21) Terminate/Suspend & Resume Terminating/Pausing S! Appli 1 While running an S! Appli, 2 Suspended or Stopped appears for a suspended application. Resuming/Terminating Paused S! Appli Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Replayed or Stopped Resumed application starts from paused point. Using S! Appli Startup History Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli History 1 Highlight a record

[Menu] Start, S! Appli info or Delete S

A p p l i 16 16-3 Managing Applications Moving S! Appli between 940P and microSD Card Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Highlight an S! Appli

[Menu] Move to microSD or Move to phone

Some S! Appli may not be moved to microSD Card. Deleting S! Appli Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Highlight an S! Appli

[Menu] Delete YES

Some pre-installed S! Appli may not be deleted. Viewing S! Appli Properties Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Highlight an S! Appli

[Menu] S! Appli info S

A p p l i 16 16-4 Setting Security Level while Running S! Appli

Security Level cannot be set for some applications. Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli List 1 Highlight an S! Appli 2 Select an item (See below)

[Menu] Security level Item Operation/Description Network Access Auto Invocation Multimedia Recording Data Reading Access Data Rewrtng Accss Connect to the Network Activate S! Appli Record multimedia data Read Phone Book, Calendar events, etc. Write/delete Phone Book, Calendar events, etc. Retrieve Location information Location Access 3 Always Allowed, Ask First Time*, Ask Every Time or Not Allowed

* Confirmation appears the first time application is activated. Reset Security Level Settings Reset security level settings to default or condition when downloading. Reset Sec. Setting YES In Step 2, S! GPS Navi About S! GPS Navi .............................................. 17-2 Using S! GPS Navi............................................... 17-2 Checking Your Current Position .................................................17-2 Activating Navi Appli ................................................................17-3 Using Location Navi (Japanese) .................................................17-3 Using Location Log ...................................................................17-3 17 17-1 About S! GPS Navi S! GPS Navi provides location information by communicating with base stations and by GPS satellite. Check your position on map, area information or route to your destination using a Navi Appli. Using S! GPS Navi Checking Your Current Position Activate Navi Appli to check your position. Note

Location information may be inaccurate due to location or signal conditions.

SoftBank is not liable for any resulting damages.

Position cannot be determined while Positioning Lock is active

For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). P.18-22). S

G P S N a v i 17 17-2 Main Menu Tools S! GPS Navi 1 Current Location YES Positioning starts.

To check your current position during positioning: When appears at lower right,

[Use]

OK 2 When positioning is complete,

[Map] YES 940P connects to the Network and web page opens.

To reposition:

[Retry]

Save to Phone Book Save obtained location information to Phone Book. Positioning is complete

Follow the steps for saving to Phone Book (

Indicating Positioning Accuracy Level Accuracy Level Accuracy Level Accuracy Level

[Menu] Add to Phone Book YES From Step 2 on P.4-5)

... Fairly accurate

... Relatively accurate

... No accurate location information retrieved Retrieve location information again. Activating Navi Appli Using Location Log Search for current area information or route to your destination.

End all applications including suspended applications. Main Menu Tools S! GPS Navi Navi Appli Using Location Navi (Japanese) Use Location Navi to locate a person via a SoftBank 3G handset or PC. For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). Main Menu Tools S! GPS Navi Location Navi Note

Event Indicator appears when location information is automatically provided or location information request is rejected. Select indicator to show location log. Up to 50 latest location info are saved. Delete as required. Main Menu Tools S! GPS Navi Location Logs 1 Show Details Select a record to view details

appears if positioning fails. Delete a Record Highlight a record Delete this YES Delete All

[Menu] Delete

[Menu] Delete Delete all Enter Phone Password YES Note

When 50 records are saved, oldest is deleted first. When positioning is requested while viewing a record, a message appears and log window returns. Tip Settings S! GPS Navi Settings (

P.18-22) S

G P S N a v i 17 17-3 S

G P S N a v i 17 17-4 Settings Sound & Vibration .................................. 18-2 Ringtones .................................................................................18-2 Charge Sound/Key Tone ............................................................18-3 Settings Display ................................................... 18-3 Display Settings ........................................................................18-3 Main Menu ..............................................................................18-4 Clock .......................................................................................18-5 Back Light ................................................................................18-5 Font .........................................................................................18-6 Motion Control Setting .............................................................18-6 Speed Selector Setting ..............................................................18-6 Settings Manner Mode ........................................ 18-7 Settings Incoming Settings .................................. 18-7 Settings Date & Time ........................................... 18-8 Settings Call Settings ........................................... 18-9 Call Time & Call Cost ................................................................18-9 Making & Receiving Calls .........................................................18-9 Settings Notification Light ................................. 18-10 Settings Text Entry ............................................. 18-11 Conversion .............................................................................18-11 Conversion during Message Text Entry ....................................18-12 Settings Phone Book .......................................... 18-12 Settings Voice Dial ............................................. 18-12 Settings Video Call............................................. 18-13 Function Menus ......................................................................18-13 Engaged Video Call Settings ...................................................18-13 Settings Settings Digital TV ............................................. 18-14 Settings Camera ................................................. 18-15 Capturing Still Images (Camera Mode/Action Mode) ...............18-15 Recording Videos (Video Camera Mode) ..................................18-17 Settings Mobile Widget (Japanese) ................... 18-18 Settings S! Quick News (Japanese) .................... 18-18 Display Settings ......................................................................18-18 Auto Update/Deleting Information ..........................................18-19 Settings Bluetooth ................................................................................................. 18-19 Settings Messaging ............................................ 18-20 Universal Settings ...................................................................18-20 S! Mail Settings ......................................................................18-21 SMS Settings ..........................................................................18-22 Settings Internet ................................................ 18-22 Browser Display Settings .........................................................18-22 Memory Manager & Reset ......................................................18-23 Security Settings .....................................................................18-23 Reset......................................................................................18-24 Settings S! Appli ................................................ 18-24 Settings Osaifu-Keitai ........................................................................................ 18-24 Settings S! GPS Navi Settings ............................ 18-25 Default Settings ............................................... 18-26 Confirming Settings ......................................... 18-27 18 18-1 Settings Sound & Vibration Ringtones From Main Menu Settings Setting/Operation Ringtone Ringer Volume to adjust volume

Machi-Uta Select an item

Ringer Volume Select a type Change Sound Settings

Ring Tones Select an item Select Ring Tone Select a type Select a folder

Select a tone Set Machi-Uta (Change Ringback Tone) 1 Sound Settings Change Sound Settings

Disable 3D Sound Effect (Ringtone/Melody)

Stereo/3D Sound OFF Sound Settings Set Ringtone Sound Output for Earphone 2 Sound Settings

Earphone Earphone Set Message Sound Settings ON or OFF ( For ON, enter ring time) Vibration Alert Set Incoming Settings

Select a vibration pattern

Vibrator Select an item

Message Ring Tones Ringtone Duration 1 For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp). 2 When earphone is connected and Sound Settings is set to Earphone, ringtone sounds through earphone and speaker for incoming calls/messages or alarms after about 20 seconds. Other sounds (e.g. Demo playback) are heard only from earphone. Pre-installed Ringtones Title Composer Original HAYDN FRANZ JOSEPH SATIE ERIK ALFREDI LE CHAJKOVSKIJ PETR ILICH Pinwheel SINFONIA NR 101 THE CLOCK HOB I 101 JE TE VEUX DANSE DES MIRLITONS // CASSE NOISETTE OP 71A /ORI HEIGH HO // SNOW WHITE AND THE SEVEN DWARFS /INST DANCE OF THE KNIGHTS OP 64 NO 13 WALTZ/COPPELIA BALLET SUITE PETER AND THE WOLF OP 67 Names of composers given above conform to JASRAC Website. Parts of titles may not appear due to Display size. DELIBES LEO CLEMENT PHILIBERT PROKOFEV SERGEJ S CHURCHILL FRANK E PROKOFEV SERGEJ S Default Phone/Video Call: Pattern 1 Message:

Tone3 Level 4 ON Earphone +

Speaker ON (Ring time:

05 sec) OFF S e t t i n g s 18 18-2 Charge Sound/Key Tone From Main Menu Settings Settings Display Display Settings Setting/Operation Default From Main Menu Settings Display Settings

Key Tone ON or OFF Set Key Tone Sound Settings Charging Start/End Tone Off Phone Settings OFF

Battery Charge Sound OFF ON Setting/Operation Change Internal Display Stand-by Display Wallpaper

Stand-by Display

Stand-by Display Select an item ( Select a folder) Select an image Add Calendar to Wallpaper Internal Display Calendar Select a view format BG Image ON or BG Image OFF ( For BG Image ON, select a folder select an image) Change Wallpaper Randomly Internal Display Random Display Select a folder Every Hour or Every Day Change Outgoing Call/Message Image Internal Display Select a folder Select an image Change Incoming Call/Message Image Internal Display Select Calling Disp. 1 Select an image type Select a folder Select an image Change Battery/Antenna Indicator Internal Display

Select a pattern

Select an incoming type

Select an outgoing type

Battery Icon or Antenna Icon Default

P.18-23)

P.18-23) P.18-23) Pattern 1 S e t t i n g s 18 18-3 Main Menu From Main Menu Settings Display Settings

Menu Icons Setting/Operation Change Main Menu Theme Select a pattern Change Main Menu Icons Customize Select an image Change Main Menu Background Customize folder Select an image

Background Image Select a

Select a menu Select a folder Default

P.18-23)

Start-up OFF, Message, Change Start-up Window Internal Display Pictures or Videos 2 Change Display Color Set Interface

Select a color

Language Color Scheme Open for New ON 1 Setting applies to messages retrieved manually (Incoming Options Show New Call/Message when Handset Opens

English P.18-23) OFF P.18-19) set to Manual Retrieval) or when Server Mail is retrieved

(Retrieve New window cannot be changed). 2 For Pictures or Videos: Select a folder Select an image

For Message: Enter text S e t t i n g s 18 18-4 Clock From Main Menu Settings Display Settings

Internal Display Clock

[Pattern] Select a pattern

[Set]

Setting/Operation Change Standby Clock Pattern 1 Stand-by Clock

Change Standby Clock Position Stand-by Clock position Change Standby Clock Size Stand-by Clock Change Standby Clock at Upper Right (lower right in Landscape View) Icon Clock

[Position] Select a

[Size] Small

[Set]

1 2 1

[Set]

Default

P.18-23) Pattern 1 Large

P.18-23)

Select a pattern 1 Highlight Stand-by Clock 2 Even if setting is changed, clock appears in Pattern 1 when:

[Play] to view Standby Clock.

Calendar, World Clock or Operator Name is set to appear in Standby. Time zone is set to other than GMT+9. Privacy Key Lock is active. Back Light From Main Menu Settings Display Settings Setting/Operation

Lighting ON or OFF Turn Back Light On/Off; Set Power Saver Mode 1 Back Light Time Enter time to Power Saver mode Illuminate Back Light while Charging Back Light Time Long Time Light 2 Limit Back Light to Display Only Back Light Time

Area LCD Adjust Brightness Back Light Time Brightness

Charging Default ON + 15secs. Standard 3 LCD + Keys Auto 4 Select a brightness level Forbid Turning On Back Light Softly Back Light Time

Soft Light OFF Disable Auto Image Compensation LCD AI 1 During operation (except when in Standby or S! Appli is active), press and

OFF ON ON hold to toggle ON/OFF. 2 When set to Long Time Light, Back Light changes to Power Saver mode in three hours. 3 When set to Standard, Back Light illuminates with the same setting as Lighting setting. 4 When set to Auto, Back Light is automatically adjusted according to ambient light. S e t t i n g s 18 18-5 Font Speed Selector Setting From Main Menu Settings Display Settings From Main Menu Settings Setting/Operation Default Setting/Operation Standard

Select an item Select a size Change Font Size by Function Font Size Set Menu Font Sizes Collectively

* When set to Small, font size for Phone Book and Incoming/Outgoing Call Font Size Change Font Style (Incoming/Outgoing Call Window) Disp. Call/Recv #

Collective Setting Large or Small *

Pattern 2 Pattern 1 Standard Logs is set to Standard. Motion Control Setting From Main Menu Settings Phone Settings

Motion Control Setting

Speed Selector Sound

Speed Selector Setting Change/Disable Speed Selector Sound*

Sound Settings Select a pattern or OFF Deactivate Speed Selector Phone Settings Speed Selector OFF Change Functions Activated by Speed Selector Operation in Standby Phone Settings Rotation Setting Clockwise or Counterclockwise Select a function

Speed Selector Setting

* Volume control is not available. Default Pattern 1 ON (Activate) Key Guidance Setting/Operation Disable All Motion Control Settings OFF Change Motion Control Settings for Individual Functions Highlight Select an item

[Edit] Select a function Customize

[Finish]

Default ON

(Except Y! Keitai) ON

(Videos/PC Movies: ON

(Wide Screen)) S e t t i n g s 18 18-6 Settings Manner Mode From Main Menu Settings Incoming Settings

Manner Mode Type Setting/Operation Default Set Manner Mode Type Manner Mode, Super Silent

( For User Mode, set individual items or User Mode

[Finish]) Manner Mode Driving Mode User Mode Super Silent Default Settings by Mode Manner Mode Answer Phone Value set for Answer Phone Vibrator ON Value set for Answer Phone ON Volume (In. Calls/Msg Ring T./Alarm) Silent Rec. Check Tone ON Key Tone OFF Selector Sound OFF Mic Sensitiv. Silent OFF OFF OFF Up Up LVA Tone (Low battery alarm) OFF OFF ON OFF Silent ON 1 2 Up OFF OFF ON Silent ON OFF OFF Up OFF 1 Key Tone setting (

2 Speed Selector Sound setting (

P.18-2) applies. P.18-6) applies Settings Incoming Settings From Main Menu Settings Incoming Settings Setting/Operation P.18-8) Change Answer Setting

Answer Setting Answer Calls by Opening Handset Open-to-Ans. Call Phone or Video Call

Quick Silent or OFF

OFF Answer Hide Caller Image Saved in Phone Book Phone Book Image Activate Auto Answer with Earphone Auto Answer ON Enter ring time Set Call Waiting Response In-call Management Call Rejection

Call Forwarding or Default Any Key Answer Keep Ringing ON OFF Answer S e t t i n g s 18 18-7 Answer Setting Key Operations Any Key Answer To answer a call, press any of the following keys:

Voice Call:

, Video Call:

, Quick Silent To cancel ringtone/vibration, press any of the following keys:

Voice Call:

, Video Call:

OFF To answer a call, press any of the following keys:

Voice Call:

Video Call:

When [Voice Mail] is assigned to press to start voice or video recording. indicated at the bottom of Display, Settings Date & Time From Main Menu Settings Date & Time

, Setting/Operation

Enter year, date, time and time zone to select an area Change Date and Time

Date & Time Display World Clock World Clock ON

ON Activate Daylight Savings Time Daylight Savings Deactivate Alarm while Operating Other Functions Alarm Tone Deactivate Automatic Time Correction via Yahoo! Keitai

Operation Preferred Default OFF OFF Alarm Preferred ON Time Correction OFF

* Date & Time Settings effective on 940P: from 09:00 on 2000/01/01 to 23:59 on 2037/12/31 (when time zone is set to GMT+9). S e t t i n g s 18 18-8 Settings Call Settings Call Time & Call Cost From Main Menu Settings Call Settings Setting/Operation Default Call Time/Cost 1 Total Call Charge/Time

Enter Phone Password Display Call Time/Cost Reset Reset Reset Total Duration or Reset Total Cost YES

( For Reset Total Cost, enter PIN2) Charge Limit 2 Set Set Max Cost Limit Enter PIN2

ON Enter charge limit OFF 1 May not be available depending on subscription status. In that case, Set Max Cost Limit is not available. 2 When set to ON, incoming/outgoing calls including emergency number calls are not dialable if charge limit is reached. Making & Receiving Calls From Main Menu Settings Setting/Operation Change Earpiece Volume Call Settings

Volume to adjust volume

Setting When Closed Set Handset Response when Closed during Call Call Settings Hold Call* or End the Call Set Hold Tone Call Settings Holding Tone Select a tone

Hold Tones On-hold Tone or

Noise Reduction OFF

Quality Alarm OFF or Low Tone

Reconnect Signal OFF or Turn Off Noise Reduction Call Settings Sound Alarm before Connection is Disconnected Call Settings Sound Alarm until Line is Reconnected Call Settings Low Tone Call Service Numbers

(Service not available at present) Call Settings Select a service number Specify Phone Book Entry to Call with Earphone Phone Settings

Headset Switch to Call Voice Call Search Phone Book Select an entry

Service Numbers Continue On-hold Tone:

On-hold Tone 1 Holding Tone:

JESU JOY OF MAN's ON High Tone High Tone OFF

* When Hold Call is selected: Speaker ON (Hold tone sounds from speaker)/Speaker OFF (Hold tone does not sound from speaker) Default Level 4 S e t t i n g s 18 18-9 Set Notification Light for During Speed Selector Operation Speed Selector View Notification Light Status

Confirm Status

* View Notification Light settings for incoming calls/messages or engaged

Select OFF or a color

P.18-26) calls. Settings Notification Light From Main Menu Settings Notification Light Setting/Operation Default

Color Edit Color Name

Select Color Select a type Set Notification Light by Incoming Type

(Voice/Video Calls or Messages) Incoming Select a color Change Notification Light Color Name for Incoming Call/Message Incoming Select a color Edit color name Adjust Notification Light Color Tone for Incoming Call/Message Incoming Select a color Adjust color tone Set Notification Light for Missed Calls/New Messages Missed Call/Unread OFF Set Notification Light for When Opening/

Closing Handset

Color Adjust Color Tone

OFF When Checked or Slide

Slide Open or Slide Close Select OFF or a color Set Notification Light for During Calls/Music Playback/Bluetooth Transmission/IC Card Reading Select a function

Select ON, OFF or a color

P.18-23) OFF after 24hours

P.18-26) S e t t i n g s 18 18-10 Settings Text Entry From Main Menu Settings Phone Settings

Text Entry Method Conversion From In text entry window,

Text entry setting

[Menu]

Setting/Operation Set Input Mode Input Mode

Check input mode(s) to use

[Finish] Select a input mode to prioritize

OFF Hide Predictive Candidates/Context Forecast List Predict Set Learning Feature Off for Secret Mode/

Secret Data Only Learn in Secret Mode OFF Delete All Learned Words Reset Learned Words YES

Enter Phone Password

Enter Phone Password Default Input mode:

All Prioritized mode:

Mode 1

(5-touch) ON (Show) ON Setting/Operation Default

View Learned Words Learned words To delete learned words: Highlight a log

Select a row Select a log

[Menu] Delete this or Delete all ( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES Hide Predictive Candidates and Context Forecast Lists Predict

OFF Hide Context Forecast List Candidate display

OFF Fix Entered Characters Automatically Character set time Hide Word Suggestion Guidance for 2/NIKO-

touch Input Method 2/NIKO-touch guide

Select a speed

OFF ON (Show) ON (Show) OFF ON (Show) S e t t i n g s 18 18-11 Conversion during Message Text Entry From Main Menu Settings Universal Settings

Text Predict Settings Phone Book From Main Menu Phone Book Settings Setting/Operation Default Setting/Operation

OFF Deactivate Pre-text Predict Pre-text Predict Deactivate Time Season Predict Time Season Predict Activate Text Expression Text Expression Colloquialism

OFF

Written Language or S e t t i n g s 18 18-12 Default ON (Activate) ON (Activate) Normal Phrase Phone

Select a method

USIM or Ask Every Time Save Location for New Entry Change Save Settings Change Phone Book Search Method Search Method Change Font Size Font Size

Phone Book or Call Log Large Forbid Forwarding Phone Book Entry Images Forwarding Image

* If ON is selected, images can be forwarded via Infrared, IC transmission or A-KA-SA-TA-NA

OFF Standard ON*

Bluetooth. Settings Voice Dial From Main Menu Settings Phone Settings

Voice Settings Setting/Operation Default

ON Activate Voice Dial Automatically Auto Voice Dial Activate Voice Dial via Earphone or Bluetooth Device Voice Earphone Dial

ON OFF OFF Settings Video Call Function Menus From Main Menu Settings Video Call

Quality Prioritized or Setting/Operation Change Incoming Image Quality Incoming Video Qlty Motion Prioritized Change Outgoing Image Select Images Original Select a folder Select a file image Switch Earpiece On Loud Speaker

OFF

Select a category Highlight

[Menu] Change setting

[Play] to view

ON Switch to Voice Call when Video Call Fails Voice Call Auto Redial Toggle Outgoing/Incoming Image Setting Switch Images Monitor Room Remotely Remote Monitoring

Select an item P.2-8) Engaged Video Call Settings From During a Video Call,

[Menu] V. Call settings

Qlty Prioritized or

Select a brightness level Setting/Operation Change Incoming Image Quality IncomingVideo Qlty Motion Prioritized Change Brightness Brightness Adjust Outgoing Image Color Tone to Lighting Conditions White balance

Select an environment Change Outgoing Image Color Tone Color mode set

Select a color tone Enhance Image Quality in Low Light Conditions

* Outside Camera only Night mode Set Focus Focus

Select a focus type

ON

Default Standard Pre-installed ON

(Loud Speaker ON) OFF Receiving Priority Default Standard 0 Automatic Normal OFF Landscape S e t t i n g s 18 18-13 Settings Digital TV From Main Menu TV User Settings Setting/Operation

Display Setting Visual image+DBC Change Display Contents Display or Enlarged V. image+DBC Change Caption Position in Landscape View Display

Caption Posit. In W-scr Upper Hide Guide in Landscape View Display Change Ticker Setting for Incoming Mail Notification while Watching TV Display Sender+Subject or OFF Forbid Enhancing Frame Rate Automatically

Mail Ticker Display

Icons OFF

Mobile W-Speed OFF Change Image Quality

Image Quality Select an item Default V. image+

Caption+

DBC Lower ON Receipt Notification ON Dynamic

Lighting Duration Set Back Light Duration while Watching TV Display Light Enter duration (min.) Deactivate Auto Volume Sound Effect Remaster Sounds from Earphone or Bluetooth Device Sound Effect Remaster 1 ON

Auto Volume OFF Constant Light ON OFF Video Video S e t t i n g s 18 18-14

Listening 1 Select an item

Rec. Program When Call ON Add Listening Effect to Sound from Earphone or Bluetooth Device Sound Effect Change Quality of Sound from Earphone or Bluetooth Device Sound Effect

Equalizer 1 Select an item End Recording when Battery Runs Low Recording

Rec. When Low Battery Stop Recording Start Recording TV Automatically when a Call Comes in while Watching TV Recording Hide Images on Data Broadcast Sites Data Broadcasting

Images OFF Turn Off Sounds from Data Broadcast/Sites Data Broadcasting

Sound Effect OFF Show Confirmation on Data Broadcast Data Broadcasting Set Power Saving Mode ECO Mode

YES Reset Channel List Reset Channel Setting Delete Information in Broadcasting Storage Area Reset Storage Area channel )

( For Delete all, enter Phone Password) YES

Reset Settings YES

(Highlight an affiliated 2

Enter Phone Password YES

[Menu] Delete this or Delete all OFF Normal Continue Recording OFF ON ON OFF

Enter Phone Password YES Reset TV Settings Reset TV Settings Check TV Settings Check TV Settings 1 Remaster/Listening/Equalizer Settings:

2 To cancel ECO Mode, perform same operation. When ECO Mode is set, P.5-8 following settings automatically activate and cannot be changed. When canceled, original settings return. Mobile W-Speed: OFF Image Quality: Normal Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal Settings Camera

Change settings before capturing images. Some functions can be changed with simple key touch (

Some settings are not available depending on camera mode, image size or photo mode. P.6-5).

Capturing Still Images

(Camera Mode/Action Mode) Camera Mode From Main Menu Camera Camera Action Mode From Main Menu Camera Camera

[Cont.]

[Menu]

Setting/Operation

Select a mode Change Camera Mode CHG camera-mode Change Photo Mode Photo mode P.6-9)

Change Image Size Image size Change Brightness Camera settings

Brightness Select a level Adjust Color Balance According to Lighting Conditions Camera settings item

White balance Select an

Select a size

[Menu]

[Video]

Default S e t t i n g s 18 Intelligent Auto Standby

(480x854) 0 Auto 18-15 Change Color Mode Camera settings Select an item Change Focus Setting Camera settings

Color mode set

Focus Select an item

Shoot with frame ON

Image quality

Img. stabilizer OFF Change Image Quality Camera settings Select an item Deactivate Image Stabilizer (Outside Camera only) Camera settings Add Frames Camera settings Select an frame Capture an image Change Shutter Click Sound Camera settings Select an item Minimize Flicker while Shooting near Fluorescent Light Camera settings Mode 1 (50Hz) or Mode 2 (60Hz) Change Save Location Storage setting Forbid Saving Captured Images Automatically Storage setting

Flicker correction

Store in microSD

Auto save set OFF

Shutter sound S e t t i n g s 18 18-16 P.6-7) Automatically Capture Images According to Distance/Number of People Auto shutter

Capture Images with High Sensitivity High Sensitiv. Set Flash/Photo Light According to Environment Flash setting or Photo light set. (

ON P.6-9) P.6-7) P.6-10) Set Auto Timer Auto timer

Change Continuous Shooting Setting Cont. shooting set.

Change Viewfinder Size Display size Hide Display Indicators

Fit in display Icon OFF View Memory Information Memory Status OFF OFF Camera mode:

Auto/

Action mode:

OFF OFF Actual size ON (Show) Normal Camera mode:

Face Detection/

Action mode:

Auto Fine Auto OFF Sound 1 Automatically Phone ON

(Automatically save) Recording Videos (Video Camera Mode) From Main Menu Camera Video Camera

[Menu]

Setting/Operation

Long time

Select a mode Change Camera Mode CHG camera-mode Change Photo Mode Photo mode P.6-9)

Change Image Size Image size

Select a size Change Recording Time File size setting Change Brightness Camera settings

Brightness Select a level Adjust Color Balance According to Lighting Conditions Camera settings Change Color Mode Camera settings Select an item Change Focus Setting Camera settings Change Image Quality*

Camera settings

Image quality Select an item Deactivate Image Stabilizer (Outside Camera only) Camera settings

White balance Select an item

Focus Select an item

Img. stabilizer OFF

Color mode set Default Normal QCIF

(176x144) Mail restrictn(S) 0 Auto Normal Face Detection Normal Auto

Shutter sound Change Shutter Click Sound Camera settings Select an item Minimize Flicker while Shooting near Fluorescent Light Camera settings Mode 1 (50Hz) or Mode 2 (60Hz) Change Save Location Storage setting Forbid Saving Captured Images Automatically Storage setting

Flicker correction

Store in microSD

Auto save set OFF Sound 1 Automatically Phone ON

(Automatically save) OFF OFF P.6-7)

ON Set Flash/Photo Light According to Environment Photo light set. Set Auto Timer Auto timer

Forbid Recording Audio Movie type set

Video Change Viewfinder Size Display size Change to S! Mail Attachment Mode Attach S! Mail mode Hide Display Indicators Icon OFF

* Available only when File size setting is set to Long time View Memory Information Memory Status

Fit in display

YES Normal Actual size ON (Show) S e t t i n g s 18 18-17 Settings S! Quick News (Japanese) Display Settings From Main Menu Settings Display Settings

Internal Display S! Quick News Settings Setting/Operation

Unread Show Only Unread Items in Standby Unread/Read Setting Change Marquee Speed Marquee Speed Hide S! Quick News Display Always Show Image Data Image Display

Fast or Slow

OFF

ON Default Unread + Read Normal ON (Show) OFF (Hide) Settings Mobile Widget (Japanese) Main Menu Entertainment Mobile Widget From

Settings Setting/Operation

ON

OFF Deactivate Auto Update Auto Refresh Activate Auto Roaming Abroad Auto Roaming Hide Confirmation when Roaming Abroad Roaming Notification Forbid Sending/Receiving Cookies Cookies

OFF Delete Cookies Delete Cookies

OFF

YES Default ON (Activate) OFF

(Deactivate) ON (Show) ON

(Send/Receive) S e t t i n g s 18 18-18 Auto Update/Deleting Information From Main Menu News/Entertainment

S! Quick News Settings Setting/Operation

S! Quick News Set update Automatically Update Quick News in S! Quick News List 1 2 Auto Refresh frequency Automatically Update General News (Once a day) 1 2 Auto Refresh Automatically Update Special News (Every four hours) 1 2 Auto Refresh Delete S! Quick News Information Del S! Quick News List Password

YES Enter Phone

General ON

Special ON Default OFF

(Not update automatically) OFF

(Not update automatically) OFF

(Not update automatically) 1 If calls are in progress at update time, auto update does not occur until next update. 2 Video Calls are rejected during auto update. Settings Bluetooth From Main Menu Tools Bluetooth

My Devices Settings Setting/Operation

ON Devices

ON ON

Enter duration (sec.) Set Authentication/Encryption to Send Phone Book Entries Set Authentications Enter Password when Sending All Phone Book Entries Session Number Setting Set Duration to Search for Bluetooth Time-out to Search Stop Ringtone Output to Headset/Handsfree Device Forward Ring Tone Continue Calls on Handset when Bluetooth is Disconnected from Headset/Handsfree Device Disconnection Settings Always Make Calls from 940P even when Headset Device is Connected Dial from Headset Always Use Handsfree Device to Make/Receive Calls Handsfree Setting View Bluetooth Device Properties 2

Handsfree Mode

Continue on the Phone

Deactivate Properties

OFF Default OFF/OFF OFF 05 sec ON End the Call Activate Private Mode 1 S e t t i n g s 18 18-19 1 In Private Mode, device that makes/answers call takes priority. 2 Device name, address, class and supported services appear. To change device name:

[Edit]

Settings Messaging Universal Settings From Main Menu Messaging Settings

Universal Settings Setting/Operation

Small or Large

Half Screen or Whole Screen Change Font Size

Font Size Set Scroll Unit in Text Entry/Preview Window Scroll Unit Change Message Quote Setting when Replying

ON (S! Mail/SMS) or OFF Quote Message Confirm Message Delivery (Available when messaging to SoftBank handset numbers) Delivery Report Change Anti-Spam Measures Setting Anti-Spam Measures

Report Spam

ON

[Edit] Edit recipient address

[Finish] YES Reset Anti-Spam Measures Setting Anti-Spam Measures

Report Spam

[Menu] Reset Address

[Finish] YES Set Auto Delete Off (For Sent/Unsent) Auto Sent Msg Del

OFF Default Normal Single Line ON (S! Mail) OFF

(Not confirm) stop@meiwaku. softbankmobile. co.jp ON S e t t i n g s 18 18-20 ON (All Msg) S! Mail Settings

ON (Read Msg Only) Set Auto Delete Off (For Incoming Mail) Auto Received Msg Del or OFF Hide Incoming Mail Notification while Other Function is Active Receiving Display Hide Outgoing Mail Display Sending Display

* Character size in SMS or S! Mail subject field does not change. Check

Operation Preferred ON (Show)

OFF Alarm Preferred

(Show) preview to see actual size. From Main Menu Messaging Settings

S! Mail Settings Setting/Operation Default

[Finish]

[Finish]) Set Reply-to Address Sending Options

Set Reply-To ON Select reply-to address entry field Select a reply-to address or enter directly Set Signature Sending Options

Set Signature Select an item ( ON or ON When New Select signature entry field Enter signature Forbid Compressing Attachments Automatically Sending Options

Image Compression OFF Set S! Mail Download Condition (within Japan) Incoming Options

Home Auto Setting Download by Numbers or Manual Retrieval Retrieve S! Mail Manually while Abroad Incoming Options Manual Retrieval Play Attached Music Files Automatically 2 Incoming Options 1 JPEG files only 2 When multiple sound files are attached, the first file plays.

Roaming Auto Setting

Auto Sound Play ON OFF (Not set) OFF (Not set) ON

(Not compress) 1 Auto Download All Auto Download OFF

(Not play back) S e t t i n g s 18 18-21 SMS Settings From Main Menu Messaging Settings

SMS Settings Settings Internet Browser Display Settings Yahoo! Keitai Setting/Operation

Enter SMS Center number Change SMS Center Number

Message Center Set Input Character to English

* Changing Message Center number may disable SMS.

English (160char.) Set Input Character S e t t i n g s 18 18-22 Default

+819066519300 Japanese

(70char.) From Main Menu Yahoo! Set Yahoo! Keitai PC Site Browser From Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser

Set PC Site Browser Setting/Operation

Large or Small

Display Image OFF Font Size Font Size Scroll Unit Scroll Unit Whole Screen or Half Screen Images Off Downloads Sound Off Downloads Hide Warning Messages when Activating PC Site Browser or Switching to Yahoo! Keitai*

Warning Messages

PC Site Browser (when activating) or Yahoo! Keitai (when switching) OFF

Play Sounds OFF

* PC Site Browser only Default Normal Single Line ON ON ON Memory Manager & Reset Yahoo! Keitai Security Settings Yahoo! Keitai From Main Menu Yahoo! Set Yahoo! Keitai From PC Site Browser From Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser

Set PC Site Browser Setting/Operation Default Clear Cache Memory Manager Clear Cache YES Delete Cookies Memory Manager

Delete Cookies YES Delete User ID or Password Entered when Authentication is Required Memory Manager Set Data Storage Location to microSD Card

Save Settings

* Yahoo! Keitai Browser only

microSD

Delete Certificates YES Phone Main Menu Yahoo! Set Yahoo! Keitai

Security PC Site Browser From Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser

Set PC Site Browser Security Setting/Operation Default Set Auto Send Off for Manufacturer's Number

(for Authentication)

OFF Referer Information Manufacture Number OFF Forbid Sending Send Referer Select whether or Not to Allow Cookies to Be Stored on 940P Cookies Select whether or Not to Run Scripts in Yahoo!

Keitai 1

OFF or Ask Every Time Script Select an item

Select an item Select whether or Not to Run Scripts in PC Site Browser 2 Script View Server Certificates Issued by Certificate Authorities Root Certificates

Select an item ON (Send) ON (Send) ON (Save) Ask before Connect ON (Run) S e t t i n g s 18 18-23 Select whether or Not to Retain Authentication

Always Keep or Information Certificate Retention Not Keep Hide Confirmation when Connecting to Secure Site Secure Prompt

OFF 1 Yahoo! Keitai Browser only 2 PC Site Browser only Keep While Browsing ON Reset Yahoo! Keitai From Main Menu Yahoo! Reset PC Site Browser From Main Menu Yahoo! PC Site Browser Reset Setting/Operation Default S e t t i n g s 18 Browser Settings Reset Restore Defaults Initialize Browser Initialized Browser Password

YES Enter Phone Password

YES Enter Phone 18-24 Settings S! Appli From Main Menu S! Appli S! Appli Settings Setting/Operation

to adjust volume Volume Volume Backlight On/Off 1 Display Backlight Deactivate Vibration Update S! Appli Information on microSD Card Used in Another Handset

Always ON or Always OFF Vibration

OFF Default Level 4 Follow General Setting 2 ON (Activate) Synchronize microSD 1 Back Light does not go out completely when S! Appli is active. 2 Back Light Time setting (

P.18-5) applies. Settings Osaifu-Keitai From Main Menu Tools Osaifu-Keitai

IC Card Settings Setting/Operation View IC Card Status IC Card Status Disable Handset Response to Commands from Reader/Writer Interface Settings Select an item OFF

Enter Phone Password Default All ON Settings S! GPS Navi Settings From Main Menu Tools S! GPS Navi NAVI Settings Setting/Operation Default Set Positioning Ringtone/Vibrator/Ringtone Duration Recv Location Request Vibration Alert or Ringtone Duration Set individual item

Ringtone,

Select a Navi Appli Select Navi Appli to Activate Select Navi Appli Save Current Map URL Map URL Settings

Map URL Enter a URL ("http://" or "https://")

[Edit] URL Name Enter a name

Highlight <Not Recorded>

[Finish]

Select Map URL Map URL Settings Edit/Delete Map URL

Map URL Settings

Select a name

Highlight a name

[Menu] Edit or Delete

Enter Phone Password ON Activate to Lock Positioning Function Positioning Lock Hide Confirmation when Sending Location Information Send Location Info

Enter Phone Password Send without Check (Send location information without showing confirmation) Hide Notification of Incoming Location Provision Request Notification Setting OFF

Enter Phone Password

* Pre-installed NAVITIME cannot be edited or deleted. NAVITIME OFF Send with Check (Show confirmation every time) ON Ringtone:

Pattern 2 Vibrator Alert:

Pattern 1 Ringtone Duration:

05 seconds S e t t i n g s 18 18-25 Default Settings Default settings vary by handset color as below.

For operations, refer to respective setting sections. Notification Light

P.18-10) Setting Incoming Voice Call Video Call Message Display Settings

P.18-3 to 6) Slide Open Slide Close Speed Selector Stand-by Display Stand-by Clock (Pattern) Icon Clock Outgoing Image (Call/Message) Incoming Image (Call/Message) Menu Icons Color Scheme Moonlight Purple A-Signal A-Signal A-Rhythm Slide-01 Slide-05 Rotation-01 Purple (Image) Pattern 4 Pattern 4 Purple Purple Purple Purple Pink B-Signal B-Signal B-Rhythm Slide-02 Slide-06 Rotation-04 Pink (Image) Pattern 4 Pattern 4 Pink Pink Pink Pink Champagne C-Signal C-Signal C-Rhythm Slide-03 Slide-07 Black D-Signal D-Signal D-Rhythm Slide-04 Slide-08 Rotation-07 Champagne (Image) Rotation-10 Black (Image) Pattern 1 Pattern 1 Pink Pink Champagne Gold Pattern 4 Pattern 4 Black Black Original Black S e t t i n g s 18 18-26 Confirming Settings Main Menu Setting Phone Settings

Confirm Settings Confirmable Settings Back Light Time View Blind Volume Shikkari Talk Noise Reduction Select Network Speed Selector Setting Motion Control Setting

appears for items changed from default settings. S e t t i n g s 18 18-27 S e t t i n g s 18 18-28 Appendix Function List ....................................................... 19-2 Troubleshooting ................................................ 19-10 Warning Signs ........................................................................19-12 Software Update .............................................. 19-13 Updating Software Manually ...................................................19-13 Updating Software Automatically ............................................19-13 Quick Open Menu ............................................. 19-15 Key Assignments (5-touch Mode) ..................... 19-16 Key Assignments (2-touch Mode) ..................... 19-17 Key Assignments (NIKO-touch Mode) ............... 19-18 Symbol List ....................................................... 19-19 Character Code List .......................................... 19-20 Weather Indicator List ...................................... 19-25 Memory List ...................................................... 19-26 Specifications ................................................... 19-26 Index ................................................................. 19-28 Warranty & Service ........................................... 19-34 Warranty ................................................................................19-34 After-Sales Service ..................................................................19-34 Customer Service.............................................. 19-35 19 19-1 Function List From Main Menu, press key corresponding to a menu number for direct access ( P.1-19, P.1-20). Example: To select S! Mail Settings in Messaging menu:

1 first column 9 second column 3 third column

(Settings)

; To select :

(Messaging)

To select When Menu Icons are set to Basic or Customize, first column of function number is not available. Select a menu from Main Menu; then select a function number (second column in table).

(S! Mail Settings)

1 7 8 9 Retrieve Mail List Retrieve All Delete All Server Mail Memory Server Mail 1 2 3 4 Create New SMS Settings 1 2 Universal Settings 3 4 S! Mail Settings SMS Settings Custom Mail Address Messaging Menu Number/Function Name 1 Messaging 1 2 3 4 5 6 A p p e n d i x 19 19-2 Spam Folder Incoming Mail 1 Received 2 1 3 2 4 3 5 Create New Retrieve New Drafts Templates 1 Sent/Unsent 1 2 1 3 2 4 3 Download Templates Sent/Unsent 2 Page P.13-3 P.13-3 P.13-3 P.13-3 P.13-17 P.13-4 P.13-15 P.13-15 P.13-10 P.13-15 P.14-3 P.14-3 P.14-3 P.14-3 0 Memory Status Yahoo! (Yahoo! Keitai) Menu Number/Function Name Yahoo! Keitai Yahoo!

1 2 Menu List 3 Bookmarks 4 Saved Pages 5 Enter URL 1 2 URL History List History Direct Entry 6 P.13-14 P.13-14 P.13-15 P.13-15 P.13-7 P.13-3 P.18-18 P.18-19 P.18-19 P.13-3 Page P.15-3 P.14-8 P.14-8 P.14-4 P.14-4 P.14-4 S! Appli 1 S! Appli List 1 Download S! Appli 2 Osaifu-Keitai Lifestyle-Appli IC Card Settings 1 2 S! Appli Settings 1 2 3 4 S! Appli History Information Volume Display Backlight Vibration Synchronize microSD 3 4 5 7 2 8 9 PC Site Browser 1 Homepage 2 Bookmarks 3 Saved Pages 4 Enter URL 5 History 6 Yahoo! Keitai 7 Set PC Site Browser 8 Reset Set Yahoo! Keitai 1 2 3 4 Memory Manager 5 6 Reset 1 2 Restore Defaults Initialized Browser Font Size Scroll Unit Downloads Security Save Settings 3 P.14-5 P.14-8 P.14-8 P.14-5 P.14-5 P.14-5 P.18-19 P.18-21 P.18-19 P.18-19 P.18-19 P.18-20 P.18-20 P.18-20 P.18-21 P.18-21 S! Appli Menu Number/Function Name Page P.15-2 P.16-3 P.16-5 P.18-21 P.18-21 P.18-21 P.18-21 P.15-3 P.15-2 A p p e n d i x 19 Next Page 19-3 Osaifu-Keitai Menu Number/Function Name 4 Osaifu-Keitai 1 2 Lifestyle-Appli IC Card Settings Camera Menu Number/Function Name 5 Camera 1 2 3 4 Camera Video Camera Pictures Videos Entertainment Menu Number/Function Name 6 Entertainment 1 Mobile Widget 1 Widget Contents 2 Settings 3 Information S! Quick News 1 2 S! Quick News List Settings 2 A p p e n d i x 19 19-4 Page P.16-3 P.16-5 Page P.6-6 P.6-8 P.6-14 P.6-14 Page P.7-3 P.18-15 P.7-2 P.7-4 P.18-16 6 3 4 5 History Register/Cancel S! Info Ch./Weather 1 What's New?

2 3 4 Get Latest Contents 5 Weather Indicator BookSurfing e-Book Viewer Tools Menu Number/Function Name 7 Tools 1 Alarms 2 Calendar 3 Calculator 4 Notepad 5 6 7 Voice Call Data Video Call Data Answer Phone Setting Voice Recorder Voice Announce Tasks Dictionary Sound Recorders 1 2 3 4 5 Bar Code Reader 1 2 S! GPS Navi 1 Navi Appli 2 Scan Barcodes Saved Data List Current Location 8 7 9 P.7-6 P.7-6 P.7-6 P.7-6 P.7-7 P.7-8 P.7-8 Page P.12-6 P.12-2 P.12-8 P.12-8 P.12-5 P.12-9 P.2-16 P.2-16 P.2-15 P.12-10 P.12-10 P.12-11 P.12-12 P.17-3 P.17-2 0 3 Location Navi 4 Location Logs 5 NAVI Settings Bluetooth 1 2 3 4 5 6 My Devices Settings Search&Paired Device Bluetooth OFF/Bluetooth ON Accept Registered Dialup Rgstry Standby Receive via Bluetooth Receive via Infrared 1 2 Receive Receive All microSD Backup Phone Book Calendar Tasks Incoming Mail Sent Messages 1 2 3 4 5 6 Unsent Messages 7 8 Memo Pad 9 Bookmarks Drafts Templates/Users Dic. Templates 1 2 User's Dictionary 3 Download Dictionary P.17-3 P.17-3 P.18-22 P.10-7 P.10-8 P.10-9 P.10-10 P.10-9 P.18-17 P.10-3 P.10-4 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.9-18 P.3-5 P.3-10 P.3-10 Data Folder Menu Number/Function Name Page 8 Camera Pre-installed Download Pictures Data Folder 1 Pictures 1 2 Main Folder 3 4 My Pictograms 5 Mail Art 6 7 Original Animation Ring Songs&Tones 1 2 Main Folder 3 Pre-installed 4 Voice Announce 5 Play List S! Appli 1 Download S! Appli 2 3 DL Ring Songs&Tones 4 Widget 1 Download Widget 5 Music 8 6 Download Videos 1 Main Folder 2 WMA Videos 1 2 Main Folder 3 4 5 6 Camera Pre-installed Play List Position Memory P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-13 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.15-2 P.7-3 P.9-2 P.9-2 P.9-3 P.9-3 P.9-3 P.9-3 P.9-3 P.9-6 A p p e n d i x 19 19-5 7 8 9 0 Position Memory Play History Image Video Position Memory PC Movies 1 microSD 2 3 TV 1 2 3 Lifestyle-Appli 1 Download Books 1 Download Books Customized Screen 1 2 Customized Screen Familiar Usability Templates 1 Download Templates Font Download Font 1 2 Main Folder 3 Pre-installed Other Documents 1 Main Folder Music Player 9 Music Player 1 2 Player 1 All Tracks 2 Artist 3 Album 4 Genre 5 Data Manager 1 Main Folder 2 WMA Play List P.8-6 P.8-6 P.8-6 P.8-6 P.8-6 P.8-7 P.8-7 P.9-3 P.9-6 P.9-3 P.5-14 P.5-13 P.9-3 P.16-3 P.9-3 P.1-24 P.1-24 P.13-10 P.9-3 P.9-3 P.9-3 P.9-3 Menu Number/Function Name Page A p p e n d i x 19 19-6 TV Menu Number/Function Name TV 1 Watch TV 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Program List Timer Watching Timer Recording Recording Result TV Link Channel List Channel Setting 1 Select Area 2 Automatic 9 User Settings Display Video Display Light Sound Recording Data Broadcasting ECO Mode Reset Channel Setting Reset Storage Area Reset TV Settings Check TV Settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Page P.5-5 P.5-7 P.5-14 P.5-14 P.5-15 P.5-11 P.5-4 P.5-4 P.5-4 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-14 P.18-15 P.18-15 Phone Book Menu Number/Function Name Phone Book 1 2 3 Phone Book Create New Entry Call Log 1 Outgoing Call Logs 2 Incoming Call Logs 4 Group 5 6 Account Details S! Addressbook BkUp 1 2 3 Start Sync Auto Sync Settings Sync Log 7 Memory Manager 8 9 Restrictions Settings 1 Save Settings 2 Search Method 3 Font Size 4 Voice Dial 5 Mail Group 6 Forwarding Image 0 Memory Status

Number in first column is not available for Phone Book. Page P.4-2 P.4-3 P.2-14 P.2-14 P.4-6 P.1-30, P.4-13 P.4-11 P.4-12 P.4-12 P.4-9 P.11-10 P.18-11 P.18-11 P.18-11 P.4-14 P.13-18 P.18-11 P.4-10 A p p e n d i x 19 Next Page 19-7 Settings Menu Number/Function Name

Settings 1 Sound Settings 1 Ring Tones 2 Ringer Volume 3 Key Tone 4 Stereo/3D Sound 5 Earphone 6 Message Ring Tones Display Settings 1 2 3 4 5 Menu Icons 6 7 8 9 0 Hor. Open Menu Back Light Time View Blind Color Private Menu Internal Display External Display Font Size Font

# Open For New LCD AI Disp. Call/Recv #

Describe Icons Customized Screen 1 2 3 Customized Screen Familiar Usability Release Settings 2 3 A p p e n d i x 19 19-8 Vibrator Answer Setting Call Logs Phone Book Image Ring Time Settings Info Notice Setting Auto Answer In-call Management Incoming Settings 1 2 Manner Mode Type 3 4 Open-to-Ans. Call 5 6 7 8 9 0 Phone Settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Date & Time 1 Date & Time 2 World Clock 3 4 5 Horizontal View Side-keys Guard Text Entry Method Battery Pause Dial Headset Switch to Call Voice Settings Confirm Settings Software Update Daylight Savings Alarm Tone Time Correction

4 5 6 Page P.18-2 P.18-2 P.18-2 P.18-2 P.18-2 P.18-2 P.18-3 P.18-5 P.18-6 P.1-25 P.18-4 P.18-13 P.18-5 P.1-30 P.18-3 P.1-26 P.18-3 P.18-3 P.18-5 P.18-6 P.1-11 P.1-24 P.1-24 P.1-24 P.18-2 P.18-7 P.18-7 P.18-7 P.11-8 P.18-7 P.11-11 P.18-7 P.18-7 P.18-7 P.18-13 P.11-8 P.18-10 P.18-2 P.2-3 P.18-9 P.18-11 P.18-24 P.19-12 P.18-8 P.18-8 P.18-8 P.18-8 P.18-8

7 8 Security 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Privacy Key Lock Personal Data Lock IC Card Lock Secret Mode Secret Data Only Key Pad Dial Lock Reject Unknown Call Setting w/o ID All Reset Reset Settings PIN Authentication Change Phone Password

Timer Lock at Close Lock OFF at Open Content Key Lock Message Call Settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Missed Call Notifi. 8 9 0 Call Time/Cost Reset Set Max Cost Limit Voice Mail/Call Fwding Call Waiting Call Barring Prefix Volume Shikkari Talk Closing Clamshell Hold Tones

8 Noise Reduction P.11-4 P.11-4 P.16-5 P.11-9 P.11-9 P.11-7 P.11-11 P.11-11 P.11-12 P.11-12 P.11-2 P.11-2 P.11-6 P.11-6 P.9-22 P.11-7 P.18-9 P.18-9 P.18-9 P.2-17, P.2-18 P.2-20 P.2-20 P.2-19 P.2-3 P.18-9 P.2-5 P.18-9 P.18-9 P.18-9 9 0 Quality Alarm Reconnect Signal Emission OFF Mode Show My Number Service Numbers Video Call 1 2 3 4 5 International Call 1 2 3 4 Operator Name 5 Select Network Incoming Video Qlty Select Images Loud Speaker Voice Call Auto Redial Remote Monitoring Int'l Dial Assist Select Operator PLMN Setting Connectivity 1 USB Mode 2 Retrieve NW Info Notification Light Incoming Clamshell Close 1 2 Online 3 Missed Call/Unread 4 5 Music 6 7 8 9 Bluetooth IC Card Side Key Confirm Status P.18-9 P.18-9 P.1-18 P.2-21 P.18-9 P.18-12 P.18-12 P.18-12 P.18-12 P.2-8 P.2-10 P.2-11 P.2-11 P.2-11 P.2-11 P.10-11 P.1-16 P.4-4, P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 P.18-10 A p p e n d i x 19 19-9 Troubleshooting Handset does not turn on Was pressed for more than one second?

Is battery level sufficient?

Is battery inserted properly? (

P.1-14) Handset functions do not work after turning power on Does PIN Entry window appear?

PIN Authentication is ON. Enter PIN (

P.11-2). USIM not inserted After power-off Insert USIM or Inserted USIM is unavailable to this mobile phone Please insert valid one appears when handset is turned on or operations attempted P.1-3) Is USIM Card inserted correctly? (

Is SoftBank specified USIM Card inserted? (

USIM Card IC chip may be dirty. Wipe with a clean cloth, then insert USIM Card correctly. P.1-2). Keypad does not respond Does or Keyguard (

appear in Standby?

P.11-3) or Privacy Key Lock is active (

P.11-4). Cancel it. Side Keys do not work while handset is closed Does appear?

Side-keys Guard (

Set to OFF. P.11-8) is ON. A p p e n d i x 19 19-10 Outgoing calls or Video Calls will not connect or message and Internet connections are unavailable appear?

Does Is handset out-of-range or in a location where signal is weak?

Move to a location where signal is strong. Are you using handset overseas?

Set international settings (e.g. Select Operator) to use abroad

Does Personal Data Lock is set (

appear?

P.2-10). P.11-4). Deactivate Personal Data Lock. Outgoing calls or Video Calls will not connect Is area code entered?

Is restricting outgoing calls in Call Barring? (

Does Cost Limit to OFF or execute Reset (

P.18-9). P.2-20) appear in Standby? Total cost has reached upper limit. Set Max Outgoing calls will not connect or busy signal sounds Did you enter area code?

Is restricting outgoing calls in Call Barring? (

P.2-20) Call is interrupted or disconnected appear? Is handset out-of-range or in a location where signal Does is weak?

Move to a location where signal is strong.

"Cannot start any more functions" appears when a menu is opened. Maximum number of functions are active at the same time. Cancel current function and try again (

P.1-29). Calls cannot be made via a Phone Book entry Entry may be saved as Secret. Set Secret Mode or Secret Data Only ON (

Does Personal Data Lock is set (

appear?

P.11-9). P.11-4). Deactivate Personal Data Lock. Digital TV does not work Is handset out of terrestrial Digital TV broadcasting service area or in a location where airwaves are weak?

Move to a location where airwaves are strong (

Customized Screen setting cannot be canceled P.5-3). Enter "6368##" in Standby Customized Screen cannot be canceled in Standby while Simple menu is active. Deactivate Simple menu in Standby.

Release Settings Osaifu-Keitai does not work appear?

Does Deactivate IC Card Lock (

P.16-5). Display clock is reset Replacing battery does not reset Display clock; however, if battery is removed for long periods, the clock may be reset. Set Date & Time

P.18-8) or Retrieve NW Info (

P.1-16) again. Battery Operating Time is greatly reduced Battery Operating Time may be reduced by environmental factors such as temperature, charging conditions or signal strength, as well as by operations or settings. See "Charging Time & Operating Time Estimates" (

P.1-12) and "Battery Time" (

P.1-13). A p p e n d i x 19 19-11 Warning Signs Problem appears appears or appears Low battery message appears and battery alarm tone sounds Causes and Remedies P.11-8). Handset is out-of-range. Move to a location where signal is strong. Side-keys Guard is ON (

To activate Side Keys while handset is closed, set Side-keys Guard OFF. Keyguard (

Answer calls even if Keyguard or Privacy Key Lock is active. Battery is low. Charge (

P.11-4) is active. Cancel it to use handset. P.11-3) or Privacy Key Lock P.1-15) or replace battery (

P.1-14). Cannot charge battery P.1-15) Is AC Charger (sold separately) firmly connected to handset or Desktop Holder (not included)? (

Is AC Charger securely plugged into an outlet?

Is battery installed in handset correctly? (

Is handset correctly mounted in Desktop Holder?

Make sure handset, battery, Desktop Holder and AC Charging terminals are clean. Battery may not charge beyond +5C and +35C. Battery may need to be replaced. P.1-14) Handset/accessories feel warm AC Charger/Desktop Holder may warm during charging. Handset may warm during long use. This is normal if you can hold it comfortably. Low temperature burns may occur if handset is held against skin for long periods. Note

If you did not find the remedy to your problem here, please contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center (

P.19-34). A p p e n d i x 19 19-12 Software Update Check for handset software updates and download as required. Choose to begin update or schedule update.

Connection fees do not apply to updates (including checking for updates, downloading and rewriting). Fully charge battery beforehand. Even if may appear. In this case, charge battery until Charging Indicator goes out. Select a place where signal is strong and stable. Do not remove battery during the update. Update will fail. Other functions are not available during Software Update. The update may take some time. appears, low battery message

Updating Software Manually Main Menu Settings Phone Settings

Software Update Software Update 1

[YES] Follow onscreen instructions After download is complete, handset automatically turns off and restarts before Software Update begins. After Software Update is complete, handset automatically turns off and restarts before information appears for successful update

(This process takes approximately 60 seconds.). Updating Software Automatically Main Menu Settings Phone Settings

Software Update Regular Updates 1 YES Follow onscreen instructions

YES to activate Internet. Follow onscreen instructions to Select perform Regular Updates. For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp). Update Results When Event Indicator appears, Update

Update indicator does not appear, When Main Menu Settings

Phone Settings

Software Update

Update Results or wait ten seconds for Scheduled Update Follow onscreen instructions for setup. Confirmation appears at scheduled update time. Press update to start.

Software Update will not start while handset is in use. Continuing handset usage for ten minutes or more cancels Scheduled Update. A p p e n d i x 19 19-13 Note

P.19-34). If handset does not power on after Software Update, remove then re-insert battery and try again. If handset still does not power on, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance

Software Update failure may disable handset. Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (

Software Update does not affect Phone Book entries, files saved in Data Folder or other content, but it is recommended that you create a backup of any important information and data (note that some files cannot be copied). SoftBank is not liable for damages resulting from loss of data, information, etc. Alarm tone does not sound during update. For more information, visit SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website

(http://www.softbank.jp). P.19-34).

A p p e n d i x 19 19-14 Quick Open Menu When Menu Icons is set to Standard or Customize (

Main Menu to open the following functions. Example: To open Notepad:

In Standby,

P.18-4), press menu numbers in Menu Alarm Calendar Calculator Notepad Tasks Sound Recorders Receive via Infrared Templates/Users Dictionary Pictures folder Ring Songs&Tones folder Phone Book Settings Ring Tones Ringer Volume Key Tone Stereo/3D Sound Earphone/Speaker Settings Message Ring Tones Internal Display

44 45 85 42 95 55 79 38 46 16 26 13 50 30 64 51 68 56 Menu Noise Reduction Quality Alarm Reconnect Signal Show My Number Notification Light

76 75 77 17 89 Menu External Display Font Settings Menu Icons Back Light Time Color Theme Private Menu Settings Language Describe Icons Vibrator Manner Mode Type Answer Setting Ring Time Settings Info Notice Setting Auto Answer Text Entry Method Date & Time Secret Mode Secret Data Only Call Setting w/o ID Reset Settings Change Phone Password Call Time/Cost Reset Total Duration/Cost Closing Clamshell

93 66 57 70 86 52 15 36 54 20 58 90 65 94 35 31 40 41 10 23 29 61 60 18 A p p e n d i x 19 19-15 Key Assignments (5-touch Mode) Display Key abc 123 1

/ - 1 2_ 3 Space 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 3 0 Pictograms

[Press and hold] Templates Space

Space

[Press and hold] Symbols 4 A p p e n d i x 19 1 Appears when entering single-byte character. 2 Appears when entering double-byte character. 3 Added to highlighted character. Press 4 In number mode, symbol list may not be displayed.

While entering character, press After entering hiragana, katakana or alphanumerics, press In number mode, press and hold In alphanumerics mode, characters entered after an upper-case character appear in order of: upper case to enter "+" (not available in S! Mail text field). to toggle characters at cursor in reverse order. to toggle upper/lower case. to display pictographs after determining character.

lower case. 19-16 Key Assignments (2-touch Mode) Kanji (Hiragana) Mode

<Upper Case Mode>

Katakana Mode

<Upper Case Mode>

Alphanumerics Mode Second digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 i t i g d t s r i F i t i g d t s r i F Second digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 E J O T Y

C H M R W

D I N S X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

) 5 0 3 8 4 9 B G L Q V

2 7

<Lower Case Mode>

<Lower Case Mode>

Second digit Second digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 i t i g d t s r i F i t i g d t s r i F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 e j o t y c h m r w b g l q v d i n s x

, A F K P U Z

1 6 a f k p u z 2

_ 1 1 "

2 , 3 =

4 ^

5 } 1 2 6 7 8 9 0 i t i g d t s r i F Second digit 3

1 ` 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

+ a b c d e

; < f g h i j

[ ] k l m n o

{ | p q r s t u v w x y z ? ! /

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Toggle upper/lower case 1 Appears when entering double-byte character. 2 Appears when entering single-byte character. Note

A space is entered by pressing key corresponding to a blank where no character is assigned. In kanji (hiragana) or katakana mode, "

is entered by pressing characters. Press In number mode, press and hold

"+" (not available in S! Mail text field). once for "", twice for "". after entering

" or ""

to enter

A p p e n d i x 19 19-17 Note

[Mode] to toggle kanji (hiragana) and Press single-byte number modes. To switch to katakana mode: In kanji (hiragana) mode, To toggle lower/upper case: Enter a character

[Menu] 1 byte character

A space is entered by pressing key corresponding to a blank where no character is assigned. Press

(hiragana) mode, enter characters before pressing once for "", twice for "". In kanji

In number mode, press and hold

"+" (not available in S! Mail text field). to enter Key Assignments (NIKO-touch Mode) Kanji (Hiragana) Mode Katakana Mode Second digit

. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

b e h k n r u y

_ c f i l o s v z

a d g j m q t x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 p w

Second digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 0 0 i t i g d t s r i F i t i g d t s r i F A p p e n d i x 19 19-18 Symbol List Double-byte Symbol List

Single-byte Symbol List

To enter a space:

P. 3-3 A p p e n d i x 19 19-19

 

 

Character Code List A p p e n d i x 19 19-20 A p p e n d i x 19 19-21 A p p e n d i x 19 19-22

 

 

 

 

 

 

A p p e n d i x 19 19-24 Weather Indicator List

Indicators and categories are subject to change without prior notice. Weather Clear (day) Clear (night) Cloudy Rain Snow Thunderstorm Precipitation 0%-100%

Pollen Level Later Occasionally Low Moderate High Very High Cherry Blossom Other Information Blossoms Opening Near Full Bloom Peak Bloom Past Peak No Color Moderate Color Peak Color Past Peak Low Moderate High Very High Formed Approaching Severe Fall Foliage UV Level Typhoon Heavy Rain Strong Winds Notifications A p p e n d i x 19 19-25 Memory List Data Folder Up to 3500 items (Up to 300 MB)

(One S! Appli corresponds up to 6 MB.)

Shared with S! Appli List Calendar Events Up to 1000 items Phone Book Up to 1000 items Messaging

(SMS and S! Mail combined) Incoming Mail Sent/Unsent Drafts Up to 3000 items Up to 1000 items Up to 10 items Saved Pages Bookmarks URL History Cache

[Yahoo! Keitai]

Up to 20 items/750KB

[PC Site Browser]

Up to 20 items/1150KB

[Yahoo! Keitai]

Up to 100 items

[PC Site Browser]

Up to 100 items

[Yahoo! Keitai]

URL Entry: Up to 20 items URL Access: Up to 100 items*

[PC Site Browser]

URL Entry: Up to 20 items URL Access: Up to 100 items*

[Yahoo! Keitai]

750KB

[PC Site Browser]

1150KB Yahoo!

Keitai A p p e n d i x 19

* The number of savable items varies depending on URL length. 19-26 Specifications 940P Weight (including battery) Dimensions (closed) 3G Standby Time

(closed) GSM 3G Video Call GSM Normal Mode ECO Mode AC Charger In-Car Charger 3G GSM TV Reception Time Charging Time Talk Time Maximum Output

* Approximate value

149 g*

50 x 112 x 18.8 mm*

640 hours*

380 hours*

220 minutes*

120 minutes*

230 minutes*

3.7 hours*

6.3 hours*

130 minutes*

130 minutes*

0.25 W 2.0 W Values above were calculated with battery installed. Talk Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with stable signals. Standby Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with handset closed without calls or operations, in Standby with stable signals. TV-Reception Time is an average measured using earphone/microphone, with stable signals. Talk Time and Standby Time may vary by environment (battery status, temperature, etc.). Talk Time and Standby Time may decrease when an S! Appli is active.

Battery Voltage Battery Type Capacity Dimensions

* Approximate value

Specifications subject to change without notice. 3.7 V Lithium-ion 800 mAh 45 x 4.5 x 37 mm*

A p p e n d i x 19 19-27 A AC Charger ........................................... 1-15 Access History PC Site Browser ................................ 14-5 Yahoo! Keitai .................................... 14-4 Account Details ........................... 1-30, 4-13 Address (Adding/editing/deleting) ....... 13-8 After-Sales Service ............................. 19-33 Alarms .................................................. 12-6 All Reset ............................................. 11-12 Alternative Image................................... 2-6 Answer Phone....................................... 2-15 Answering Calls Video Calls ......................................... 2-8 Voice Calls .......................................... 2-5 Attachments Adding .............................................. 13-8 Deleting ............................................ 13-8 Opening/saving .............................. 13-13 Auto Answer ......................................... 18-7 Auto Focus Lock ................................... 6-13 Auto Save (Camera) .............................. 6-11 Auto timer .............................................. 6-8 Auto-sort ............................................ 13-16 AV Output ........................................... 10-13 B Back Light Display .............................................. 18-5 S! Appli ........................................... 18-21 Video Calls ....................................... 2-13 Backup microSD Card .................................... 9-19 S! Address Back-up .......................... 4-10 Bar Code Reader ................................. 12-11 Basic Operations Handset ..................................................x Internet ............................................ 14-6 Battery .................................................. 1-12 Battery Level ............................... 1-11, 1-13 Bluetooth ............................................ 10-6 Bluetooth Passkey ............................... 10-8 Bookmarks ............................................ 14-8 Books folder ........................................... 9-3 BookSurfing .......................................... 7-8 Brightness Back Light ......................................... 18-5 Camera ............................................... 6-5 External Display ............................... 18-5 Video Calls ..................................... 18-12 Browser (Initializing) .......................... 18-21 Index Numerics 3G ......................................................... 2-11 A p p e n d i x 19 19-28 C Cache Memory ...................................... 14-2 Calculator ............................................. 12-8 Calendar ............................................... 12-2 Calendar Events .................................... 12-2 Call Barring ........................................... 2-20 Call Cost ............................................... 18-9 Call Forwarding .................................... 2-17 Call Log ................................................. 2-14 Call Operations ..................................... 2-12 Call Rejection Calls without Caller ID ................... 11-11 Unknown Callers ............................ 11-11 Call Restrictions.................................. 11-10 Call Settings ......................................... 18-9 Call Time ............................................... 18-9 Call Waiting .......................................... 2-20 Caller ID ......................................... 2-3, 2-21 Camera [Section Contents] ..................... 6-1 Center Access Code .............................. 1-28 Channel Setting ...................................... 5-4 Character Code (Kuten Code) Character Code List ........................ 19-19 Input Options ..................................... 3-5 Charge Limit ......................................... 18-9 Charging Time ...................................... 1-12 Clock Display External Display ............................... 18-5 Horizontal Open Position ............... 18-13 Internal Display ................................ 18-4 Closing Clamshell ................................. 18-9 Color Scheme........................................ 18-3 Confirming Settings ........................... 18-24 Content Key ............................................ 9-5 Context Forecast .................................... 3-6 Continuous Shooting .............................. 6-7 Conversion Candidates ........................... 3-6 Conversion Methods............................... 3-6 Cookies Setting/Deleting Internet .......................................... 18-20 Mobile Widget ................................ 18-15 Copy Protected Files ............................... 9-4 Country/Region Code ........................... 2-10 Customer Service................................ 19-34 Customized Screen ............................... 1-24 D Data Folder ............................................. 9-2 Date & Time Settings ............................ 18-8 Deleting Calendar events ............................... 12-5 Messages ........................................ 13-21 Phone Book ........................................ 4-9 S! Appli ............................................. 15-4 Delivery Report .................................... 13-9 Dictionary ............................................. 12-9 Digital TV [Section Contents] ................. 5-1 Digital TV Settings .............................. 18-14 Display .................................................. 1-10 Display Indicators ................................. 1-10 Display Settings .................................... 18-3 Download Customized Screen ........................... 1-24 Familiar Usability .............................. 1-24 Fonts ................................................. 1-25 From web pages ............................. 14-11 Lifestyle-Appli ......................... 15-2, 16-3 Music .................................................. 8-3 S! Appli ............................................. 15-2 Templates ....................................... 13-10 Widgets .............................................. 7-3 Download Dictionary ............................ 3-10 Drafts .................................................. 13-15 Driving Mode ............................... 1-18, 18-7 E e-Book Viewer ........................................ 7-8 Earpiece Volume Video Calls ......................................... 2-7 Voice Calls .......................................... 2-5 Emergency Calls (110, 119, 118) ............ 2-4 Emergency Positioning Request ............. 2-4 Emission OFF Mode .............................. 1-18 Event Indicators.................................... 1-21 External Display........................... 1-10, 1-23 A p p e n d i x 19 19-29 F Familiar Usability .................................. 1-24 Flash setting .................................. 6-5, 6-10 Focus Setting ........................................ 6-13 Folder/files ............................................ 9-14 Font Settings ........................................ 1-25 Font Size ............................................... 18-6 Function List ......................................... 19-2 G Global Roaming Service ....................... 2-10 Graphic Mail ......................................... 13-5 Group Settings (Phone Book) ................. 4-6 GSM ...................................................... 2-11 A p p e n d i x 19 19-30 Internet [Section Contents] .................. 14-1 K Key Assignments Mode 1 (5-touch) ............................ 19-15 Mode 2 (2-touch) ............................ 19-16 Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) ...................... 19-17 Key Pad Dial Lock ................................. 11-7 Key Tone ............................................... 18-2 Keyguard .............................................. 11-3 Kuten Code (Character Code) ............. 19-19 L Language .............................................. 18-3 License Information (S! Appli) .............. 15-2 Lifestyle-Appli ...................................... 16-3 Lock Message ....................................... 11-7 Lock OFF at Open ................................. 11-6 H Handset Menus ............................................... 1-18 Parts & Functions ............................... 1-4 Power On/Off .................................... 1-16 Handset Security [Section Contents] .... 11-1 Help (Text Entry) ..................................... 3-2 Hide Call Logs/Address List .................. 11-8 Hold Video Calls ....................................... 2-12 Voice Calls ........................................ 2-12 Horizontal View .................................. 18-13 HTML messages .................................... 13-5 I IC Card Lock .......................................... 16-5 IC Transmission ..................................... 10-4 IDD Prefix ............................................... 2-9 Image quality (Camera) .......................... 6-5 Image size (Camera) ............................... 6-5 Incoming Call Logs ............................... 2-13 Incoming Options (S! Mail)................. 18-19 Infrared ................................................. 10-2 Input Character Settings (SMS) .......... 18-19 Inside Camera ......................................... 6-3 Intelligent Auto ............................. 6-5, 6-10 Internal Display ........................... 1-10, 18-3 International Call From abroad ..................................... 2-10 From Japan ......................................... 2-9 International Setting ............................ 2-10 M Mail Group .......................................... 13-18 Mail Security....................................... 11-10 Main Menu ........................................... 1-18 Making Calls International Calls ..................... 2-9, 2-10 Video Calls ......................................... 2-7 Voice Calls .......................................... 2-2 Manner Mode ..................... 1-17, 2-12, 18-7 Manufacture Number ......................... 18-20 Memory List ........................................ 19-25 Memory Manager (Internet) ............... 18-20 Menu Icons ........................................... 18-4 Menu Numbers ..................................... 1-19 Messaging [Section Contents] .............. 13-1 microSD Card ........................................ 9-16 Backup .............................................. 9-19 Check ................................................ 9-21 Formatting ........................................ 9-18 Synchronizing ................................. 18-21 Missed Call Notification ....................... 2-19 Mobile Widget ........................................ 7-2 Mobile W-Speed ..................................... 5-2 MULTI Key ...................................... 1-6, 1-29 Multi Selector ............................................ix Music folder............................................ 9-2 Music Player [Section Contents] ............. 8-1 My original set............................... 6-5, 6-12 My Pictograms ............................... 9-2, 13-6 N Network Information ........................... 1-16 Network S! Appli .................................. 15-2 New Messages Receiving ........................................ 13-15 Viewing .......................................... 13-10 Night mode Camera ............................................... 6-5 Video Calls ..................................... 18-12 Normal Mode (Simple Menu) ............... 1-26 Notepad ................................................ 12-8 Notification Light Settings ................. 18-10 O One-push Open Button ........................... 1-7 Open For New ....................................... 18-3 Open-to-Ans. Call.................................. 18-7 Operator Names ................................... 2-11 Optional Services ................................. 2-17 Original Animation ............................... 9-13 Osaifu-Keitai [Section Contents] ......... 16-1 Other Documents folder ......................... 9-3 Outgoing Call Logs ............................... 2-13 Outside Camera ...................................... 6-3 P Passwords ............................................. 1-28 Passwords (Changing) Center Access Code .......................... 1-28 Phone Password ............................... 11-2 Security Code ................................... 2-21 PC Site Browser .................................... 14-2 Access ............................................... 14-5 Display Settings ............................. 18-19 Memory Manager & Settings ......... 18-20 Security Settings ............................ 18-20 Personal Data Lock ............................... 11-4 Phone Book [Section Contents] .............. 4-1 Phone Password ................................... 1-28 Changing .......................................... 11-2 Photo light setting ........................ 6-5, 6-10 Photo mode ............................................ 6-5 Pictographs ............................................. 3-4 Pictures (Still Images) Capturing ........................................... 6-6 Editing .............................................. 9-12 Pictures folder ........................................ 9-2 PIN/PIN2 ................................................. 1-3 Changing .......................................... 11-2 PIN Authentication ........................... 11-2 PIN Lock & Cancellation (PUK) ......... 11-3 Play Background ..................................... 8-7 Play List ................................................ 8-10 Play mode setting................................... 8-6 Predictive Candidates............................. 3-6 Privacy Key Lock ................................... 11-4 Private Menu ........................................ 1-25 PUK/PUK2 ...................................... 1-3, 11-3 A p p e n d i x 19 19-31 Q QR Code .............................................. 12-11 Quality (Camera)..................................... 6-5 Quick Open Menu ............................... 19-14 R Recipients (Adding/editing/deleting) ... 13-8 Referer Information ............................ 18-20 Remote Lock ......................................... 16-5 Remote Monitoring ................................ 2-8 Reset All Reset ......................................... 11-12 Browser Settings ............................ 18-21 Settings .......................................... 11-12 Total Call Charge/Time ..................... 18-9 TV Settings ..................................... 18-15 Ring Songs&Tones folder ....................... 9-2 Ring Time (Answer Phone).................... 2-16 Ring Time Settings .............................. 11-11 Ringer Volume ...................................... 18-2 Ringtone ........................................ 9-8, 18-2 Ringtone Duration (Message) ............... 18-2 Root Certificates ................................ 18-21 S S! Addressbook Back-up....................... 4-10 S! Appli [Section Contents] .................. 15-1 S! GPS Navi [Section Contents] ............ 17-1 S! Information Channel .......................... 7-6 S! Mail .................................................. 13-2 Creating/sending .............................. 13-4 Mail Notice ..................................... 13-11 Settings .......................................... 18-19 Universal Settings .......................... 18-18 S! Quick News ........................................ 7-4 Settings .......................................... 18-16 Save Alarms .............................................. 12-7 Calendar Events ............................... 12-2 Camera ............................................. 6-11 Notepad ........................................... 12-8 Phone Book ............................. 4-3, 18-11 S! Information Channel ...................... 7-6 S! Quick News .................................... 7-4 Shortcut ............................................ 1-22 User's Dictionary .............................. 3-10 Saved Pages .......................................... 14-8 Script .................................................. 18-20 Scroll Unit ........................................... 18-19 SD Audio ................................................. 8-2 Secret Data Only ................................... 11-9 Secret Mail Setting ............................... 11-9 Secret Mode ......................................... 11-9 Secure Remote Lock ............................. 11-6 Security Data Folder ....................................... 9-14 Internet .......................................... 18-20 S! Appli ............................................. 15-4 Security Code ....................................... 1-28 Security Functions ................................ 11-2 Server Mail ......................................... 13-14 A p p e n d i x 19 19-32 Settings [Section Contents] .................. 18-1 Shikkari Talk ........................................... 2-5 Shortcuts .............................................. 1-22 Shutter sound ....................................... 6-11 Side-keys Guard ................................... 11-8 Signal Strength ..................................... 1-10 Simple Menu ......................................... 1-26 SMS ....................................................... 13-2 Creating/sending .............................. 13-7 Settings .......................................... 18-19 Universal Settings .......................... 18-18 Snooze .................................................. 12-7 SoftBank Utility Software .................. 10-11 Softkeys .....................................................ix Software Update ................................ 19-12 Sort (Messages) .................................. 13-21 Spam Filter ......................................... 13-17 Speaker ON/OFF ................................... 2-12 SSL ........................................................ 14-3 Status Indicators .................................. 1-10 Still Images (Picture) Capturing ........................................... 6-6 Editing .............................................. 9-12 Streaming ........................................... 14-12 Symbols .................................................. 3-4 Symbol List ..................................... 19-18 T Tasks ..................................................... 12-5 Templates (Graphic Mail)...................... 13-5 Text Entry [Section Contents] ................. 3-1 Time Correction .................................... 18-8 Timer Lock at Close .............................. 11-6 TLS ........................................................ 14-3 Trimming (Editing Still Images) ............ 9-13 U URL History PC Site Browser ................................ 14-5 Yahoo! Keitai .................................... 14-4 USB ..................................................... 10-11 User Mode (Manner Mode) .................. 18-7 User's Dictionary .................................. 3-10 USIM Card ............................................... 1-2 USIM Card Phone Book .......................... 4-3 USIM PINs ............................................... 1-3 V Vibrator Incoming alert .................................. 18-2 S! Appli ........................................... 18-21 Videos (Recording) ................................. 6-8 Videos folder .......................................... 9-3 View Blind ............................................ 1-30 Viewfinder Camera ............................................... 6-4 Video Camera ..................................... 6-4 Voice Announce .................................. 12-10 Voice Dial .............................................. 4-14 Voice Mail ............................................. 2-18 Voice Recorder.................................... 12-10 Volume Ringtone ........................................... 18-2 S! Appli ........................................... 18-21 Video Calls ......................................... 2-7 Voice Calls .......................................... 2-5 W Wallpaper External Display ............................... 18-5 Horizontal Open Position ............... 18-13 Internal Display ................................ 18-3 Warning Messages (PC Site Browser) ... 18-19 Warranty ............................................. 19-33 Weather Indicator ................................... 7-7 White balance ................................ 6-5, 6-11 Widgets .................................................. 7-2 WMA Files ............................................... 8-2 World Clock .......................................... 18-8 Y Yahoo! Keitai ........................................ 14-2 Access ............................................... 14-3 Display Settings ............................. 18-19 Memory Manager & Settings ......... 18-20 Security Settings ............................ 18-20 Z Zoom....................................................... 6-8 A p p e n d i x 19 19-33 After-Sales Service P.19-10) before contacting See "Troubleshooting" (

SoftBank for service or repairs. If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (

area and provide a detailed description of the problem.

Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions described. Out of warranty, any repairs are performed upon request at subscribers expense. P.19-34) in your subscription

Warranty & Service Warranty Warranty is provided when you purchase a 940P.

Check name of distributor and date of purchase. Read through contents and keep in a safe place. The warranty term is described in the warranty. SoftBank is not liable for any damage resulting from use of this product. A p p e n d i x 19 19-34 Customer Service If you have questions about SoftBank handsets or services, please call General Information. For repairs, please call Customer Assistance. Check phone number before you dial. SoftBank Mobile Customer Center From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157 for General Information or 113 for Customer Assistance Call these numbers toll free from landlines. Subscription Area Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo, Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano, Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime, Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa SoftBank Mobile Global Call Center From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491

(Please take care to dial the correct number. International charges will apply to this call.) Service Center Toll Free Number General Information 0088-240-157 Customer Assistance 0088-240-113 General Information Customer Assistance General Information Customer Assistance General Information Customer Assistance 0088-241-157 0088-241-113 0088-242-157 0088-242-113 0088-250-157 0088-250-113 A p p e n d i x 19 19-35 A p p e n d i x 19 19-36 SoftBank 940P User Guide June 2009, First Edition SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. For additional information, please visit a SoftBank shop. Model: SoftBank 940P Manufacturer: Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle, please remember these important points:

Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.

Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling. S0609-0